Quarterlytics / Technology / D4t4 Solutions Plc / FY2023 Annual Report

D4t4 Solutions Plc
Annual Report 2023

D4T4 · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker D4T4
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · D4t4 Solutions Plc
Loading PDF…
D

4

t

4

S

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

Unlocking new 
possibilities

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents Generation – Section

Contents Generation – Page

Contents Generation – Sub Page

D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Welcome

Welcome to the D4t4 Solutions plc 2023 Annual 
Report. This report covers the Group strategy, 
business model, and products, as well as our ESG 
activities,	governance	and	the	financial	results	
for the year ended 31 March 2023.

D4t4 Solutions plc is a UK-founded tech company quoted on the 
London Stock Exchange (D4t4). For 30 years, D4t4 Solutions has 
focused on helping companies get the best possible value from 
all their data assets. With clients in 27 countries, throughout 
the financial services, healthcare, insurance, retail, travel 
and telecom sectors, D4t4 Solutions continues to lead data 
innovation globally. 

Whether we are building high-performing analytic environments 
or capturing and contextualizing the data that becomes the 
backbone for Marketing and Fraud, our goal is to continue to 
challenge organizations to think differently about data and 
ultimately accelerate their digital transformation goals.

Contents

Strategic Report
01 
02 
03 
04 
06 
07 
08 
09	
12 
14 
16 
18 
21	
22	
23 
24 
29 
37	
39 

Highlights
Our Company at a glance
Our key milestones
Our products and services
Investment case
Looking forward
Chairman’s statement
Chief	Executive	Officer’s	statement
Market overview
Business model
Our strategy
Strategy in action
Chief	Technology	Officer’s	report
Chief	Security	Officer’s	report
Key performance indicators
Stakeholder engagement
ESG report
Chief	Financial	Officer’s	review
Principal risks and uncertainties

Governance
42 
44 
45 
49 
55 
56 
58 
62 
64 

Board of Directors
Chairman’s introduction to governance
Corporate governance statement
Application of the QCA Corporate Governance Code
Report of the audit committee
Report of the nomination committee
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ report
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial Statements
65 
68 
69	
70 
71	
72	
73 
74	
98 

Independent auditor’s report
Group statement of comprehensive income
Group	statement	of	financial	position
Group statement of changes in equity
Group	statement	of	cash	flow
Company	statement	of	financial	position
Company statement of changes in equity
Notes	to	the	financial	statements
Shareholder information

D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Highlights

Delivering
sustainable value

Financial Highlights 

▲9.6%

▲8.3%

▲15.6%

£19.1m

Software Revenue  
(£m)

60.2%

Gross profit 
margin (%)

£3.8m

Adjusted PBT  
(£m)

▲19%

▲8.9%

▲3.8%

£16.7m

ARR  
(£m)

7.74p

Diluted  
Adjusted EPS  
(p)

3.03p

Dividend  
(p)

Financial Highlights
•  Annual recurring revenue* (ARR) up 19% to £16.7 million (FY22: £14.0 million).
•  Total	Revenue	down	12.6%	to	£21.4	million	(FY22:	£24.5	million),	but	Software	Revenue	 

(excluding third-party hardware) up 9.6% to £19.1 million (FY22: £17.5 million).

•  ARR	as	percentage	of	Software	Revenue	increased	to	89%	(FY22:	80%).
•  Gross	profit	margin	of	60.2%	(FY22:	51.9%)	increased	due	to	a	greater	proportion	of	higher	margin	

Celebrus	software	revenue.

•  Adjusted	profit	before	tax**	of	£3.8	million	(FY22:	£3.3	million),	and	statutory	profit	before	tax	of	

£2.4	million	(FY22:	£1.8	million).

•  Diluted	adjusted	EPS	of	7.74p	(FY22:	7.11p)	and	diluted	basic	EPS	of	5.18p	(FY22:	4.14p).
•  Proposed	final	dividend	of	2.15p	(FY22:	2.07p),	making	a	total	dividend	for	the	year	of	3.03p	 

(FY22:	2.92p),	an	increase	of	3.8%.

•  Year-end cash position of £17.2 million (FY22: £11.4 million).

Operational Highlights
•  Unified	Celebrus	brand	now	offering	Marketing	and	Fraud	functionality	according	to	use	case	

providing improved traction.

•  The direct sales channel created during the year is performing well, and with the marketing 
investment, produced sales pipeline growth of 27 percent during the year whilst the value of 
proposals out with potential and existing customers increased fourfold.

•  Addition of several new customers including a healthcare company in the US, a bank in Spain,  

and an insurer in APAC.

•  Strong upsell into existing customers, including additional features for a large US bank, a renewal 
and consolidation upsell for a large global bank that included a fraud component, and a large 
renewal for another global bank also incorporating fraud capabilities.

•  The Prickly Cactus team performed well, and the earn-out target was achieved six months ahead 

of schedule which has accelerated our development of a Customer Success team. 

•  Launch	of	CX	Vault,	the	first-of-its-kind	“no	party”	cookie-less	data	solution.
•  Launch	of	CDI	for	Salesforce	offering	Salesforce	customers	rapid	deployment	of	Celebrus	

technology	focused	on	digital	identity	verification.

•  Enhancement	of	Celebrus’	Digital	Identity	Verification	capabilities	with	cross-domain	

continuance, for multi-brand organisations.

Current trading and Outlook
• 

In the Marketing world, there is a growing need for better, real-time data, so that brands can 
improve their customer experience and build better relationships.

•  The	Group’s	goal	for	the	year	ahead	is	to	deliver	significant	growth	with	a	focus	on	new	logo	sales.
•  Continued investment into sales and marketing activities and product development while 

focused	on	the	generation	of	healthy	profits	and	cash	for	future	investment.

*  ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue) is the amount of revenue currently contracted at a point in time that is 

expected to recur within the next twelve months.

**	 Adjusted	profit	before	tax	is	calculated	before	amortisation	of	intangibles,	restructuring	costs,	acquisition	

costs,	foreign	exchange	gains/losses	and	share	based	payment	charges.

For more information see pages 23

01

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our Company at a glance

We are innovators of exceptional
brand-to-consumer experiences.

Improving relationships between brands and consumers.

What we do
D4t4 Solutions plc provides technologies 
to solve data, identity, and connectivity-
related challenges within marketing 
and fraud.

D4t4 Solutions plc was founded around a passion for 
helping brands create better relationships with their 
consumers via better data.

Key Markets

Supporting customers in financial services, retail, 
travel, healthcare, and telecommunications across 
27 countries, D4t4 enables businesses to make 
smarter, informed decisions via Celebrus, the 
Company’s flagship first-party product suite. Celebrus 
automatically captures, contextualises, and activates 
user-based behavioural data in real-time across all 
digital channels. Through behavioural biometrics 
and analytics, Celebrus helps companies prevent 
fraud before it happens. Celebrus Cloud provides 
an enterprise platform that automates and enables 
organisations to get better value from the Celebrus 
software in a more efficient manner.

Financial 
Services

Healthcare

Insurance

Retail

Travel

Telecoms

What does  
live-time mean? 
Almost all data capture 
providers collect data within 
real time; however, they are 
unable to land that data into 
business systems so it may 
be used in real time. D4t4’s 
Celebrus can do that – and we 
call that live-time.

02

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our key milestones

The growth strategy is based on Celebrus being a 
disruptive data solution that uncovers the deepest 
digital insights, revealing true customer context
and identity, thereby enabling brands to deliver next-
level marketing and fraud prevention in live-time.”

1985
to
1999

1985

D4t4 Solutions 
begins as IS 
Solutions, a small 
hardware reseller 
and facilities 
management 
company

1997

2000

2015

2016

2021

IS Solutions IPOs  
on to AIM

IS Solutions 
acquires the 
Celebrus product

D4t4 launches 
new growth 
strategy

03
03

IS Solutions grows and expands its business into software and the internetIS Solutions begins its journey into  real-time dataIn response to the changing business, IS Solutions changes its name to D4t4 SolutionsContents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our products and services

Unlock new possibilities with 
limitless, compliant first-party data.

Transform experiences with more complete data sets – captured, contextualised, and activated with Celebrus.

Celebrus Solution
	Identity	graph,	tagging	free	first-party	data	collection,	real-time,	data	model,	100%	data	ownership

Consumer Insight

Fraud

CDI for Salesforce

CX Vault

Web Analytics

 First-party data collection, 
contextualisation and 
activiation. Built on top of the 
Celebrus	first-party,	real-time	
identity graph.

True fraud prevention with 
advanced data modelling 
and signals, enhanced by 
behavioral biometrics.

Amplifies	your	tech	stack	
with	contextualised,	first-
party	visitor	profiles	fed	to	
your Salesforce Marketing 
Cloud instance in real time.

The only no-party data 
capture, contextualisation, 
and activation solution 
built to power engagement 
regardless of opt in.

Powerful web analytics 
platform that gives you 100% 
data ownership. Available 
in customer environment or 
Celebrus Cloud.

04

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our products and services continued

Celebrus
Celebrus tackles gaps in data capture, consumer context, 
and connectivity to solve for incomplete consumer insight, 
latency, and inadequate systems. 

The	technology	elevates	first-party,	tagless	data	capture	
across ALL organisational channels – from web to mobile, 
digital to in-person experiences – and informs every 
system within the MarTech stack in live-time, empowering 
marketing and data teams to make decisions with ALL the 
data. The ability to interact with consumers while they are 
interacting with the brand, digitally increases conversions 
and revenues, and most importantly, drives brand loyalty. 

Celebrus empowers privacy AND relevance by leveraging 
live-time contextual understanding to create relevant, 
session-specific	offers	and	experiences	without	risking	
consumer privacy with the Celebrus CX Vault solution. 
Celebrus	CX	Vault	enables	the	delivery	of	user-specific	
experiences without cookies, data tracking, or data sharing. 
The personalised, relevant digital experiences consumers 
have come to appreciate can be delivered with the rise of 
the privacy-forward browser and operating system. 

Fraud detection and prevention of ALL types of fraud can be 
achieved with Celebrus through the delivery of necessary 
live-time context, identity resolution, and activation. 

Fraud isn’t black and white, and it doesn’t happen in a black 
box – yet most organisations struggle with fraud solutions 
that do. Celebrus captures ALL interactions across the entire 
journey	and	over	time	to	build	complete	identity	profiles,	
so organisations don’t have to wait months for new fraud 
models that only provide half the story. Celebrus Fraud 
eliminates delays, reduces friction, and gets ahead of fraud 
with next-level fraud prevention. 

Celebrus Cloud
In response to the growing desire for cloud hosting 
environments, Celebrus Cloud automates the intake, 
integration, transformation, and delivery of customer data 
across relevant data sources to deliver live-time customer 
and regulatory analytics in the cloud environment. This 
comprehensive, consolidated, and controlled view of 
customer data empowers organisations to make data-
driven decisions for their business.

Celebrus immediately ticks that 
box of first-party data collection for 
our clients without tying up their 
internal IT resources. This means that 
marketing teams can quickly tap into 
powerful data collection and solve 
the big challenges being faced in 
this area by taking advantage of the 
tailored marketing features and new 
modules launched this year.” 

The Celebrus Customer Data Integration (‘CDI’) 
App is a welcome addition to AppExchange, as 
they power digital transformation for customers 
by closing a significant data gap. AppExchange is 
constantly evolving to connect customers with 
the right apps and experts for their business 
needs.” 

Daniel Guest,	rCubed	(Partner,	UK)	

Woodson Martin, GM of Salesforce AppExchange

05

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Investment case
Delivering sustainable value

1.

Market-leading  
proprietary software

D4t4 has unique proprietary 
software	and	know-how	which	
enables customers around the globe 
to better use and manage their data.

2.

Blue-chip customer base

4.

Profitable with a strong balance sheet

D4t4 has a blue-chip international customer base located in 
27 countries, with high customer satisfaction, and a very low 
customer churn rate.

The	Company	is	profitable,	cash	generative,	and	dividend	paying.	It	has	a	strong	balance	sheet	
with ample cash to fund investment into revenue growth.

3.

Proven management team

The Company has a strong management team with a track 
record	of	success	in	growing	software	businesses.

For more information 
see pages 12-21

For more information 
see pages 42-43

5.

Presence in growth sectors

D4t4 operates in growth sectors:

• 

 Customer Experience
Growth drivers: The deprecation of third-party cookies meaning brands can not 
store customer data for any length of time. 

Data capabilities: Use	of	first-party	cookies	enabling	our	corporate	customers	
to retain customer data. This enables the provision of the right data and 
contextualisation to enable organisations to better understand their customers and 
provide a tailored experience for each customer across all channels and devices to 
derive more value.

•  Fraud Detection and Prevention

Growth drivers: Massive increases in online fraud and a regulatory environment 
requiring banks and retailers to better manage fraud losses.

Data capabilities: Providing granular, individual level data and evidence to identify 
indicators of fraud in real time, to reduce fraud losses within an organisation and 
protect their customers.

•  Data Activation and Management: 

Growth drivers: Huge amounts of data being produced requires complex data 
activation and management infrastructures, across all sectors of business. 

Data capabilities: Building hybrid cloud platforms focused on data ingestion, 
integration	and	transformation	to	provide	actionable	insights	to	benefit	our	
customers’ business.

06

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Looking forward

Q&A with Bill and Ash

Q

What is your vision for D4t4?

Q

Looking ahead, what would you like to achieve by March of 2024?

Bill:	Brands	and	consumers	are	struggling	to	build	better	relationships.	Whether	it’s	on	the	
marketing	side	or	in	the	fraud	world,	the	answer	is	better	data.	My	vision	is	to	bring	D4t4	into	the	
light	so	that	organisations	can	become	familiar	with	Celebrus	and	realise	there	is	a	better	solution	
for	the	many	challenges	in	digital	today.	We	need	to	transform	into	a	sales	organisation	that	is	
focused	on	driving	significant	increases	in	new	logos	and	growing	those	relationships	year	on	year	
by	getting	customers	excited	by	the	value	proposition	of	our	software	and	IP.	

Bill:	Now	that	we	have	put	the	building	blocks	in	place	for	Sales	and	Marketing,	I’d	like	to	prove	that	
it	works	at	scale.	We’ve	come	a	long	way	in	our	messaging	and	sales	approach.	The	pipeline	for	
our	software	continues	to	build.	Partners	are	being	prioritised	based	upon	where	the	value	is	being	
generated.	We	have	an	extremely	active	Marketing	strategy	and	calendar.	I	would	love	to	be	able	to	
sit here in a year and point out how well our sales and customer success initiatives are working to 
not	only	convert	our	pipeline	into	new	logos	but	to	also	take	these	new	customers	and	build	a	strong	
value story for our “land and expand” approach.

Q

How has the business transformation gone in the past year?

Q

Where are you intending on investing to drive growth?

Ash:	The	fun	part	about	a	transformation	is	that	you’re	never	done.	There	is	always	room	for	
improvement and our industry can literally change from one day to the next. That makes it exciting for us. 
This	past	year	has	been	extremely	productive	in	putting	the	building	blocks	in	place.	We’ve	established	
a	better	strategy	and	team	for	Sales	and	Marketing.	We’ve	evolved	how	we	onboard	and	work	with	
partners.	We’ve	put	systems	in	place	to	help	with	practicing	what	we	preach	in	creating	our	ability	to	use	
data	to	make	decisions.	We’ve	also	put	in	place	a	management	team	across	the	business	that	is	aligned	
and	excited	about	our	potential	in	the	market.	

Ash:	We	have	a	set	of	themes	for	each	of	our	core	divisions	in	the	business	as	we	transform	
further	into	becoming	a	sales-focused	organisation.	These	themes	not	only	help	drive	our	
objectives	and	goals,	but	also	the	areas	we	look	to	invest	in	within	each	department.	For	
example,	in	Professional	Services	our	focus	is	on	standardising	our	delivery	packages	for	new	
customers	and	onboard	our	SI	partners.	In	Marketing,	we	are	investing	much	more	in	events	
and	content/PR.	We	will	measure	each	investment	and	not	be	afraid	to	move	on	to	something	
different	if	the	data	tells	us	a	particular	investment	isn’t	working.

Q

Where do you see the growth coming from?

Bill:	We	have	continued	to	build	out	our	tip	of	the	spear	offerings	to	support	the	land	and	expand	
approach	we	are	using	to	sell.	Some	examples	would	be	our	Celebrus	CDI	for	Salesforce	offering	
or	CX	Vault.	Growth	will	be	focused	on	selling	Celebrus	and	offering	fully	managed	services	to	
ensure organisations get as much value as they can from their investment in us. 

Bill Bruno,  
Chief	Executive	Officer

Ash Mehta,  
Chief	Financial	Officer

07

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chairman’s statement

Strong progress with 
positive underlying trends

The Group has made strong progress over the last twelve 
months,	and	whilst	the	results	fell	short	of	earlier	expectations,	
the underlying trends are very positive with strong growth 
in ARR and our strongest pipeline ever heading into a new 
financial	year,	and	our	investment	into	people	and	systems	
making	the	business	more	robust	and	scalable	for	the	next	
stage	of	growth.	Moreover,	the	market	trends	against	third	
party	cookies,	and	the	massive	rise	in	financial	fraud	play	to	
our strengths as we continue to increase investment into sales 
and	marketing	to	further	build	the	pipeline.

In	the	financial	year	we	recorded	increased	software	revenues	
and	ARR,	partly	based	on	some	impressive	new	customer	
wins	in	various	sectors	including	banking,	insurance,	and	
healthcare.	We	also	had	significant	upsell	into	existing	
customers,	including	first-time	Celebrus	Fraud	wins,	as	well	
as	a	number	of	large	three-year	renewals	demonstrating	
the	value-add	our	products	provide	and	the	long-term	
commitment that customers are prepared to make.

The market trends against third-
party cookies, and the massive rise in 
financial fraud play to our strengths 
as we continue to increase investment 
into sales and marketing to further 
build the pipeline.”

Our	acquisition	of	Prickly	Cactus	in	2021	has	proved	to	be	
valuable	in	helping	us	strengthen	our	account	management	
function,	and	the	vendors	met	their	earn-out	target	six	months	
ahead	of	the	target	date,	contributing	to	our	Software	revenue	
growth in the year.

Our investment into the product range continued with two 
updates	of	our	Celebrus	platform	to	enhance	functionality,	
along	with	the	launch	of	CX	Vault,	the	cookie-less	no	
party	solution,	and	the	joint	launch	of	CDI	(Customer	Data	
Integration)	for	Salesforce	enabling	Salesforce	customers	to	
switch	on	Celebrus	features	in	a	matter	of	hours	and	have	them	
integrated with the Salesforce Marketing Cloud. 

This	progress	has	been	made	during	a	period	of	economic	
uncertainty,	and	it	is	a	great	testament	to	our	leadership	team	
and	all	of	our	employees	around	the	world.	We	thank	them	
sincerely	for	their	efforts.	The	work	we	have	put	in	to	create	a	
sales-led	organisation	with	a	vibrant	culture	of	empowerment	
and	accountability	is	showing	results.

At	the	board	level,	after	the	year	end,	we	were	delighted	to	have	
appointed	Helen	Gilder	as	a	non-executive	director	and	Chair	
of the Audit Committee. Her previous experience as a tech 
company	CFO	as	well	as	currently	being	NED	and	audit	chair	of	
an	AIM	tech	business	made	her	a	strong	candidate	for	the	role.	
Helen	takes	over	the	Audit	Committee	chair	role	from	me,	and	
this	is	the	first	step	in	our	search	for	a	new	Chair	of	the	board	
to	succeed	me	when,	in	line	with	good	corporate	governance,	I	
step	down	towards	the	end	of	this	calendar	year,	having	served	
as	Chair	for	almost	nine	years.	A	search	has	commenced,	and	
we	will	provide	further	updates	in	due	course.	The	board	now	
consists	of	four	independent	non-executive	directors	and	two	
executive directors.

Our  
values

01

Our business is  
customer-centric

For more information 
see pages 12-20

02

Sales-driven 
organisation

For more information 
see pages 12-20

03

A great employer with 
great employees

For more information 
see pages 27, 32-34

04

ESG is at the heart  
of all that we do

For more information 
see pages 29-36

Outlook
We	started	the	new	financial	year	with	a	strong	
pipeline,	and	a	leadership	team	structured	clearly	on	
the	delivery	of	new	customer	wins,	increased	revenues	
and customer satisfaction. The Group has a healthy 
cash	balance	to	fund	necessary	investments	into	
growth	and	I’m	delighted	to	report	that	the	Board	is	
highly	confident	in	the	Group’s	strategy	and	our	ability	
to	deliver	growth	and	create	significant	shareholder	
value in the coming years.

Peter Simmonds
Non-Executive Chairman
11 July 2023

08

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Building blocks 
to drive and 
manage growth

Bill Bruno,	Chief	Executive	Officer

Our	transformational	journey	to	becoming	a	software	
sales	organization	continues	to	progress,	and	our	
focus	on	growing	the	core	business	of	selling	Celebrus	
software	has	developed	well	with	further	investments	
into our strategy for Sales and Marketing.

While	the	financial	year	ended	in	a	frustrating	manner	
with	the	delay	of	two	contract	signings,	I’m	pleased	
to	report	a	good	set	of	financial	results	for	the	year	
ended	31	March	2023	(“FY23”)	with	Software	Revenue	
up	by	9.6%	during	the	year	and	a	healthy	growth	in	
ARR	of	19%.	

This past year, ... on the new logo 
front, we have added a healthcare 
company in the US, a bank in Spain, 
and an insurer in APAC.”

Our five 
strategic 
pillars

For more information 
see pages 16-17

01

Selling  
software

02

03

04

Expand Celebrus  
Cloud

Annual Recurring 
Revenues

Scale and  
Efficiency

05

Culture

09

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

With our focus on selling Celebrus 
software and functionality for 
Marketing and Fraud use cases, 
we have rebranded Celebrus CDM 
to Celebrus Cloud.”

Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Strategy and market trends 
We	have	moved	into	the	next	phase	of	execution	of	the	
strategy	to	further	drive	both	new	logos	and	existing	client	
growth.	With	our	focus	of	selling	Celebrus	software	and	
functionality	for	Marketing	and	Fraud	use	cases,	we	have	
rebranded	Celebrus	CDM	to	Celebrus	Cloud,	and	enabled	
the	two	functionalities	to	be	used	concurrently	in	a	single	
installation.	As	we	continue	this	journey,	our	goal	is	simple:	
to	build	strong	relationships	between	brands	and	their	
consumers	via	better	data,	for	both	marketing	and	fraud.	This	
is	evidenced	by	the	numerous	conversations	we	are	having	
with	Celebrus	marketing	customers	about	utilisation	of	the	
fraud functionality.

In	the	Marketing	world,	relationships	are	growing	as	a	result	
of	engaging	experiences	and	those	experiences	are	driven	by	
better,	real-time	data.	Digital	challenges	for	Marketing	have	
continued	to	expand	to	three	main	areas	in	which	Celebrus	
excels:	Digital	Identity	Verification,	Data	Contextualisation	
and	Accuracy,	and	Data	Connectivity.	Our	“Identity	Module”	
provides	the	ability	for	brands	to	compliantly	maintain	digital	
profiles	of	anonymous	and	authenticated	individuals	in	a	way	
that	most	other	solutions	cannot.	Our	tag-free	data	capture,	
ability	to	provide	that	data	in	milliseconds,	and	our	ability	to	
connect	that	data	in	any	format	to	any	system	that	a	brand	
may	require,	further	differentiate	us	from	our	competitors	in	
the industry. 

In	the	Fraud	world,	consumers	need	to	be	protected	by	
better	data	in	the	moment.	Fraudsters	continue	to	grow	in	
sophistication,	and	brands	need	more	data	at	their	fingertips	
in	real-time	to	have	a	chance	of	protecting	themselves	and	
their	consumers	by	restricting	fraudsters	before	they	can	even	
attempt	a	fraudulent	transaction.	Our	ability	to	capture	all	
of	that	data,	combined	with	our	Identity	capabilities,	sets	us	
apart	from	our	competitors,	making	Celebrus	a	significant	
addition	for	brands	who	are	trying	to	do	more	to	counter	
fraud	using	their	own,	first-party	datasets.	The	sophistication	
and	configurable	granularity	of	our	solution,	combined	
with	the	rising	level	of	threat,	means	that	the	‘black	box’	
approaches	of	competitors	will	no	longer	be	considered	

adequate	protection	for	consumers’.	With	millisecond	
data	capture	and	contextualisation,	our	Celebrus	platform	
ultimately	helps	brands	catch	the	fraudster	before	the	fraud.

Products and technologies 
We	will	continue	to	find	opportunities	to	innovate	our	
Celebrus	platform	to	maintain	differentiation	in	the	Marketing	
and	Fraud	world.	We	will	do	this	with	our	twice-yearly	
product releases and via the partnerships and integrations 
we	continue	to	build.

During	the	year,	we	brought	a	significant	set	of	features	
to	the	market	to	enhance	the	capabilities	of	Celebrus.	We	
launched	the	first-of-its-kind	“no	party”	data	solution	in	CX	
Vault	that	is	truly	cookie-less.	We	also	enhanced	our	Digital	
Identity	Verification	with	cross-domain	continuance,	and	we	
developed	Celebrus	Cloud	to	create	our	CDI	for	Salesforce	
offering	and	furthered	support	for	the	Google	Cloud	Platform.	

Our	technology	focus	is	on	innovation	and	differentiation	
and	the	ability	to	cater	for	the	ever-growing	needs	of	our	
customers,	and	we	will	continue	to	take	input	from	the	field	
teams and customers to ensure we are delivering upon 
our promises.

Route to market 
This	past	year	had	some	great	wins	for	our	business.	On	the	
new	logo	front,	we	have	added	several	to	the	roster	including	
a	healthcare	company	in	the	US,	a	bank	in	Spain,	and	an	
insurer	in	APAC.	Amongst	existing	customers,	we	also	had	
considerable	success	including	an	upsell	of	features	to	a	large	
US	bank,	a	renewal	and	consolidation	upsell	for	a	large	global	
bank	that	included	a	fraud	component,	and	a	renewal	for	
another	global	bank	that	is	now	exploring	Fraud	as	well.	

Our	pipeline	visibility	continues	to	improve	and	grow	such	
that at the end of this past year the total sales pipeline grew 
by	27	per	cent	while	the	value	of	proposals	out	with	potential	
and	existing	customers	increased	fourfold,	providing	strong	
visibility	into	performance	in	the	new	year,	and	reflecting	the	
investment	into	sales,	marketing,	and	customer	success.

10

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Our	vertical	focus	has	also	expanded.	While	we	continue	
to	drive	business	in	Financial	Services,	Healthcare,	and	
Insurance	as	key	markets	we	have	also	achieved	traction	in	
Travel	and	Retail.	Our	strong	belief	is	that	Celebrus	can	play	
a	role	for	any	organisation	looking	to	be	data-driven,	and	we	
will continue to expand our footprint in any verticals where 
it	makes	sense	and	proves	to	be	fruitful.	Continued	changes	
to	HIPAA1	compliance	in	US	healthcare	resulting	in	the	
limitation of usage of tracking technologies including third 
party	cookies,	has	highlighted	the	benefits	of	our	Celebrus	
first-party	data	solution	for	that	vertical.

We	have	added	Business	Development	Representatives	
(BDRs)	to	our	Sales	organization	to	increase	further	the	rate	of	
lead generation.

The	acquisition	of	Prickly	Cactus	in	August	2021	has	proven	
successful	in	uplifting	our	customer	success	capabilities,	and	
they	achieved	their	earnout	targets	in	March	2023,	six	months	
ahead	of	schedule.	Consequently,	they	have	now	been	formally	
integrated	into	a	newly-established	Customer	Success	team	for	
the	International	and	the	US	markets.	These	investments	and	
structural changes will ensure Sales spends their time selling 
new	logos,	and	not	on	other	areas	of	the	business.	

Partners 
Our	partners	will	always	be	important	to	the	business,	and	we	
have expanded the roster to now include several consulting 
partners.	This	is	for	scale,	but	also	for	business	development.	
These	consulting	firms	are	trusted	partners	of	their	
customers,	and	they	also	know	the	challenges	that	customers	
are	facing	first-hand.	This	presents	a	great	opportunity	to	
create	more	potential	revenue	streams	for	the	business.

We	continue	to	innovate	and	grow	our	go-to-market	offerings	
with	technology	partners	such	as	Teradata,	Pegasystems,	
Salesforce,	and	others.	Each	of	these	presents	an	opportunity	
for	us	to	package	up	a	combination	of	Celebrus	features	and	
sell them in a straightforward manner to land and expand 
in accounts where those partners are already active. The 
more	we	simplify	that	initial	offering,	the	easier	it	is	for	these	
partners	to	position	Celebrus	with	their	customers	and	
internal teams. 

Branding 
We	continually	monitor	the	impact	of	our	marketing,	and	
evolve	our	positioning	based	on	feedback	from	events,	the	
sales process and conversations with our customers; we 
are	not	afraid	to	make	quick	pivots	as	the	market	changes	
and	adapts.	The	‘CDP	(Customer	Data	Platform)’	label	is	
one example; as a result of overuse and inappropriate 
application,	it	has	become	a	source	of	confusion	and	we	
have	moved	away	from	using	it	to	describe	what	we	do.	Our	
objective	is	for	our	branding	to	be	accessible	to	non-specialist	
readers,	to	the	point,	and	relevant	to	the	various	data-related	
challenges	faced	by	our	current	and	future	customers.	

Our employees 
We	have	continued	to	restructure	the	business	to	create	
opportunities	for	growth,	but	to	also	ensure	that	we	have	
teams of people working together towards common goals. 
While	we	are	a	global	business,	we	need	to	ensure	that	
people	across	the	globe	are	aligned	and	working	with	the	
same	level	of	accountability	in	the	business.	We	also	need	
to	ensure	we	have	strong	managers	across	the	business	to	
improve	processes	and	create	efficiencies	along	the	way.	

We	have	continued	to	invest	in	our	Security	team	and	
operations,	and	we	take	that	very	seriously.	It’s	important	
to	stay	at	the	forefront	of	information	and	cyber	security	
as	we	continue	to	grow	our	Celebrus	Cloud	business.	We	
have deployed a Security Operations Center (SOC) and we 
have	revamped	our	policies	both	internally	and	externally	to	
protect	our	employees,	our	company,	and	our	customers.	

I’d	like	to	thank	our	global	team	for	their	contributions	in	this	
past year and their diligence as we continue to make changes 
across	the	business	to	set	up	for	scale	and	growth.	Our	team	
has	taken	that	in	its	stride,	and	it	has	been	very	uplifting	to	
see	people	rise	to	the	challenge	and	work	together	to	build	a	
better	D4t4.	

Outlook 
Our goal for the year ahead is to deliver ARR growth and 
shareholder value with a focus on sales. New logos and 
growing	existing	accounts	are	our	core	area	of	focus.	We	are	
becoming	a	far	more	sales-focused	organisation,	and	that	
culture will drive the winning attitude needed to sustain the 
growth	we	know	this	business	can	deliver.

We	will	continue	to	invest	into	sales	and	marketing	activities	
and product development while ensuring we can still 
generate	healthy	profits	and	cash	for	future	investment.	
Everything	we	do,	from	delivery	to	sales	to	everything	in	
between	will	be	measured.	We	will	continue	to	bring	that	
data and transparency to the market whenever appropriate. 

While	we	are	focused	on	growing	our	own	business,	we	will	
also	continue	to	monitor	the	space	for	potential	acquisition	
opportunities	to	bring	more	capabilities	into	Celebrus.

We	have	started	the	new	financial	year	with	a	strong	pipeline	
and	we	are	confident	in	our	ability	to	deliver	growth	in	this	
new	financial	year.

Bill Bruno
Chief Executive Officer
11 July 2023

1	The	United	States	Health	Insurance	Portability	and	Accountability	Act	1996

11

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Market overview

Market size and competitive landscape

Customer data

Fraud

Market drivers
74% of C-suite executives believe that good quality 
 data gives them a competitive advantage.
60% of organisations drive business innovation  
based on customer data.
$20bn The consumer data market size by the end of  
2027 from $5bn in 2022.
66% believe this growth is due to the deprecation of third-party 
cookies,	and	the	need	for	first-party	data,	as	well	as	consumer	
expectations for more personalised customer journeys. 
Only 43% of brands currently have a fully-deployed  
customer data technology.

Consumers	continue	to	demand	targeted,	personalised	digital	experiences	
that	closely	resemble,	or	are	even	more	intuitive	and	engaging	than	in-person	
experiences.	Data	access	to	achieve	these	brand-to-consumer	experiences	
is crucial.

1	
2	

	Source:	(Better	Decisions	in	the	Age	of	Unpredictability,	February	2022).
	Source:	(New	Vantage	Partners,	2023).

Market expectations

Market drivers

53% of	organisations	define	ROI	from	customer	data	 
technology by cost savings.

The	most	value	from	customer	data	technologies	prioritised	basic	goals	such	as	
unified	customer	view,	completeness	of	data,	privacy	compliance	and	less	time	
spent on data management. 
58% measure ROI from customer data technology by  
sales and revenue growth.
68% report that data security is the most important  
criteria when selecting a CDP.
75% stated loading data from all sources was the most 
 important customer data technology capability.
57% noted identity matching as a crucial capability.

The global fraud detection and prevention market is 
estimated to grow to $65bn by 2026. 

The	significant	increased	usage	of	digital	platforms	during	the	global	pandemic	has	
contributed	to	the	substantial	increase	in	revenue	projections	over	the	five-year	span.

$55 billion lost in scams in 2022.

In	retail,	an	industry	formerly	concerned	mostly	with	in-person	theft	and	fraud,	
cyberfraud	and	cybertheft	has	caused	massive	hits	to	revenue.	Banking	and	
insurance	sectors	note	the	increased	adoption	of	online	applications	and	mobile	
banking	for	the	rise	of	new	fraudulent	schemes	and	scams.	

40% expected growth rate of online fraud; now the most 
reported type of crime in most countries.

293 million estimated	number	of	scam	reports	filed	in	2021.

5% of	all	digital	traffic	is	now	an	account	takeover	attack.

12

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section	
D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Market overview continued

Market trends and D4t4’s response 

Trend

Response

According	to	a	recent	IDC	study,	“executives	openly	
articulate the need for their organisations to be more 
data-driven,	and	to	be	data	companies.”

This trend requires organisations to actively collect digital data 
as soon as brand interactions occur. The Celebrus technologies 
address	this	trend	by	capturing	data	at	first	interaction,	
regardless of the state of user authentication. 

AI	and	Machine	Learning	technologies	are	finding	
increasing roles within business units, responsible 
for automations and the detection of anomalies.

Celebrus has been embedding machine learning and AI into 
the platform for years and will continue to innovate upon the 
models provided to customers to drive quick wins.

“Cloud	technology	acts	as	a	key	trend	for	fraud	
detection	and	prevention.	It	offers	robust	processing	
power, storage space, and access through the 
internet.”	(Fortune	Business	Insights).

D4t4 Solutions has been supporting client systems for years; 
however,	the	migration	to	Celebrus	Cloud	offering	is	in	
alignment with the need to address this growing trend.

ESG initiatives and government regulations are 
pushing organisations to inspect their data capture 
and contextualisation methods.

Celebrus does not deploy third-party technologies or 
systems in the capture of data, ensuring 100% compliance 
with all government regulations globally, as well as internal 
specifications	for	the	capture	and	handling	of	data.	All	data	is	
owned solely by the organisation deploying the technology 
and data does not change hands within the capture process as 
it does with many competing vendors.

13

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Business model
Creating better relationships between  
brands and their consumers with better data

Key inputs & 
drivers of success

•  Building a sales-focused 

organisation.

•  Focused on selling Celebrus.

•  Simplification	of	our	

messaging and positioning.

•  Establishing a customer 

success team.

•  Expansion of our technology 

partners.

•  Continued Innovation of our 

Celebrus	software.

Key values

Use case 
sales 
process

Celebrus 
Cloud

Land and 
expand 
approach

How we create value

Continuous 
product 
development

Marketing 
and fraud 
markets

Rapid 
install and 
ROI

Innovation 
The digital landscape changes day by day, 
and we pride ourselves on our unique 
ability to solve complex challenges via 
our people and technology. 

Teamwork 
With	deployments	in	27	different	countries,	
it takes a village to ensure our customers 
are supported around the globe. Our 
customer-first	mentality	ensures	everything	
we do is aligned with creating strong 
partnerships with our clients.

Accountable 
Our culture of accountability ensures that 
our vision of changing the way brands 
interact with their customers is upheld 
across the entire organisation.

Continuous Improvement 
Always evolving our go-to-market, 
our processes, and our technology while 
ensuring we continue to develop our 
employees and create opportunities for 
professional development.

Integrity 
In a market full of confusion, 
we pride ourselves on our honest candour 
and simplicity of message with our 
customers, partners, and prospects.

14

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Business model continued

Why customers choose us

How we maximise value for our shareholders

Solutions for Key Challenges

Innovation

We continue to transform the business to focus on growth to drive value for our shareholders. 
To maximise the value we return to shareholders, we focus on three things:

The industry continues to face challenges 
from all angles with regards to Identity, 
Cookie deprecation, compliance, and many 
others. Celebrus offers unique solutions to 
each backed by our Software and IP. Even 
the simple things, like trying to use digital 
data in other platforms, is proving to be 
quite difficult for brands when they reach a 
level of complexity in their use cases.

We bring clients along on the journey and 
provide them with ample opportunities to 
review our Product Roadmap and provide 
input to that via our Advisory Boards and 
Customer Portal. We continue to spot the 
trends and work with our teams around the 
globe to ensure we are bringing the right 
features to market that we can sell to both 
new and existing customers.

Customer Service

Trusted Supplier

We pride ourselves on going above and 
beyond to ensure that we are meeting the 
needs of our customers around the globe. 
We like feedback, and we ask for it directly 
from our customers so we can continue 
to improve.

We have a history and pedigree of being a 
stable, secure, and continuously improving 
business that ultimately brings best-in-class 
solutions to the market that are updated at 
least twice per year.

Learn more about our stakeholder engagement on pages 24-28

1

ARR growth

We are focused on growing Annual Recurring Revenue by increasing the size of our customer 
base and adding to the functionality available and used by customers to connect with their 
end-customers. ARR is known to be a key driver of company and shareholder valuation.

2

Adjusted profit before tax

This measure approximates to the cash profit of the business as it excludes major non-
cash items charged to the Income Statement. It is therefore a good proxy to measure cash 
generation which can be used for investment into the business to generate growth, and for 
payment of dividends to shareholders.

3

Dividends

This is a very visible aspect of shareholder return. A proportion of the cash generated in a 
financial year is paid out in the form of a growing dividend. Occasionally, the Board may 
decide, as it did in 2022, to pay out a special dividend on top of the ordinary dividend.

15

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our strategy

Whether we are building high-performing analytic environments 
or capturing and contextualising the data that becomes the 
backbone for Marketing and Fraud, our goal is to continue to 
challenge	organisations	to	think	differently	about	data	and	
ultimately accelerate their digital transformation goals.

We build better relationships 
between brands and their 
consumers via better data.”

Selling Software

Expand Celebrus Cloud

Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR)

Our Goal
By	selling	more	software	we	can	continue	to	focus	on	driving	
ARR growth with higher gross margins, increasing shareholder 
value, and building upon our high customer retention rates 
across the business to drive organic growth. To do this, we 
will	further	add	simple	packages	of	features	that	solve	specific	
pain points in the industry today. This helps shorten our sales 
cycles and ultimately will drive the new logo goals we have for 
the business in the coming years as we continue to innovate 
and address some of the most challenging issues facing the 
digital industry today in marketing and fraud.

What We Did in FY22/23
We have completely revamped our Sales and Marketing 
approach and teams to support the goals for the business. 
We have launched Account Based Marketing, a new approach 
to Events/Conferences, and a strategy that aligns our Sales, 
Marketing, and Partnership teams on the common goal of 
generating leads.

What We’re Doing in FY23/24
We have started to build out a Customer Success function to 
complete	the	“assembly	line”	needed	to	drive	year-on-year	
growth from our existing customers. Retention and growth 
of existing accounts is just as important as new logos, and 
Customer Success will free up Sales to focus on winning new 
logos. We also continue to innovate our approach to Sales in 
both Fraud and Marketing and have brought on consultants and 
experts	to	help	guide	some	of	this	transition	for	our	field	teams.

Our Goal
What we’ve previously referred to as Celebrus CDM is now 
Celebrus Cloud which is underpinned by our Managed Services 
division that, over the years, has built some of the most 
powerful and innovative analytic environments. Celebrus 
Cloud will provide our customers with options to help them 
quickly	get	value	from	our	Celebrus	software	in	a	hosted	
environment and is the foundation to core feature releases 
such	as	the	Celebrus	CDI	for	Salesforce	offering.

What We Did in FY22/23
We	launched	versions	9.6	and	9.7	of	our	Celebrus	software	
which continues our commitment of launching two main 
releases each year for our customers driven by industry gaps 
and customer requests. We launched feedback surveys for our 
customers to further drive input from the already established 
Customer Portal and Advisory Meetings. We also built 
efficiencies	within	Celebrus	Cloud	and	continued	to	expand	
our automation capabilities for customers. 

What We’re Doing in FY23/24
We continue to incentivise our product and engineering 
teams	to	find	opportunities	to	identify	and	protect	Intellectual	
Property and will continue to invest in key research projects 
that are driven by where we see the market going and the 
challenges that we see on the horizon. Our product roadmap 
continues	to	grow	as	new	opportunities	are	identified	with	
customers and partners.

Our Goal
Annual Recurring Revenue, driven by selling our Celebrus 
software,	is	a	core	focus	for	the	business	to	drive	more	
value for our shareholders. Our goal, given the nature of our 
business, is to have ARR comprise roughly 75% of our total 
revenues in a given year. 

What We Did in FY22/23
During the year we had key wins including a bank in Spain, a 
healthcare organisation in the US, and an insurance company 
in APAC, as well as a key upsell of a large US Retail Bank to 
begin using the no-party data feature of Celebrus, CX Vault. 
Core revenue (excluding hardware sales) increased 11% and 
ARR revenues accounted for 75% of total revenues.

What We’re Doing in FY23/24
We	have	evolved	our	offerings	in	what	has	historically	been	
referred to as Celebrus CDM to now be Celebrus Cloud. This 
allows	us	to	gradually	shift	away	from	a	reliance	on	third-party	
hardware and into a hosting model that drives ARR Managed 
Services Revenue. We will also continue to invest in Sales and 
Marketing	to	drive	direct	pipeline	for	our	Celebrus	software	
and	continue	to	productise	offerings	that	combine	elements	of	
Celebrus, such as Celebrus CDI for Salesforce, that simplify the 
Sales process.

16

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our Strategy continued

Scale and Efficiency

Culture

Our Goal
The management team continues to identify areas of 
opportunity	to	build	efficiencies	in	the	business,	notably	
through improved systems and redeployment of employees, 
that will allow for us to apply key talent into higher value 
areas. We also continue to identify Solution Integrator (SI) 
partners to provide bandwidth to assist our customers globally 
in their journey with Celebrus.

What We Did in FY22/23
We have continued to expand our internal systems such as our 
CRM,	and	License	Manager,	as	well	as	implementing	a	new	finance	
and reporting system, and an HR applicant tracking system to 
manage recruitment. We are also expanding our external systems 
in Sales and Marketing focused on Lead Generation and ensuring 
we	are	innovating	our	approaches	in	the	field.

What We’re Doing in FY23/24
We are moving into our next phase of reporting and analysis 
for	line	managers	and	the	team	in	the	field	to	ensure	we	
are being data-driven in all aspects of our business. We are 
also	looking	at	ways	to	further	build	efficiencies	into	how	
we deploy Celebrus Cloud and bring automation to life in 
how	we	simplify	configuration	of	our	platforms.	We	will	also	
continue to revisit the structure of the business to ensure we 
are managing our operating expenses prudently given the 
investments into the system.

Our Goal
We are continuing our journey of building a high-performance 
team rooted in accountability with an eye to always looking for 
ways to improve upon how we operate on a daily basis. This 
will	ideally	create	opportunities	for	our	staff	around	the	globe	
for	professional	development	that	is	mutually	beneficial	to	our	
amazing team as well as our shareholders.

What We Did in FY22/23
We continue to build opportunities to create open 
communication and innovation across the business. We have 
put bi-monthly Town Halls in place across the business and 
launched	our	first	global	employee	survey	which	will	now	be	
a recurring event. We have created several opportunities for 
teammates	to	step	into	larger	roles	and	make	a	difference	in	the	
business with the appropriate support from HR and their peers. 

What We’re Doing in FY23/24
We will continue to utilise our new HR systems and processes 
to ensure we are bringing in top talent to the business while 
also creating opportunities for growth internally. We will 
continue to evolve the culture to foster innovation, creativity, 
and productivity. ESG will also continue to play a key role in 
bringing our people together.

17

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Strategy in action

Large health insurer 
increases upsell &  
cross-sell 27% with 
multi-experience 
approach to customer 
engagement

Challenges
A	large	health	insurer	wanted	to	build	 
long-lasting,	high-value	relationships	with	
each	of	their	customers,	while	maximising	
the	significant	investments	made	in	
customer data.

Disjointed	channels	and	siloed	decisioning	
made	it	difficult	to	deliver	on	the	promise	of	
seamless,	omnichannel	engagement.	 
They needed to operationalise their 
customer data insights to provide customers 
with the most personal and relevant actions 
at each stage of their journey.

Solution
By	implementing	Celebrus,	the	insurer	
unified	their	inbound,	outbound,	
and paid channels with one central 
brain.	Personalised	next-best-action	
recommendations within each customer 
dialogue maximises value for the customer 
and	enables	a	shift	from	product-centric	to	
customer-obsessed.

Centralised decisioning means every 
channel	learns	from	the	others,	and	the	
experience	is	adjusted	in	live-time	based	on	
customer insight.

By implementing 
Celebrus, the insurer 
unified their inbound, 
outbound, and paid 
channels with one  
central brain. 

85%

save rate with 
next-best-action 
recommendations

41%

web to call centre 
conversion

27%

increase in 
online upsell &  
cross-sell

18

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Strategy in action continued

Multi-brand retailer  
prevents £1m in identity  
theft fraud

Celebrus enabled us to extract 
an unprecedented granular 
level of detail from each of those 
campaigns. It enables us to look 
back at every single customer 
visit to the website step by step 
and analyse behavior.”

Challenges
A	multi-brand	retailer	wanted	to	minimise	fraud.	 
They	knew	they	were	struggling	with	identity	theft	
issues,	but	it	was	difficult	to	pinpoint.	For	known	fraud	
types,	a	lack	of	live-time	data	prevented	early	detection	
of new cases.

Solution
Celebrus	is	deployed	across	all	the	retailer’s	brand	
websites.	They	were	already	benefiting	from	the	
immense	value	provided	by	the	data	and	the	ability	to	
build	and	persist	identity	for	marketing,	so	why	not	use	
it	to	combat	identity	fraud	as	well?

The fraud analytics teams reviewed known cases of 
identity	theft	relating	to	new	accounts.	They	looked	for	
patterns in digital account opening data and used that 
to inform their fraud prevention strategy.

Celebrus’	first-party,	cross-domain	data	capture	
provides a consistent data stream across their multiple 
brand	websites,	while	individual-level	data	provides	all	
the	attributes	needed	for	live-time	fraud	analysis.

Results
Known	fraud	patterns	flagged	in	live-time,	before	goods	
are released.

£1m

in customer fraud 
identified and 
mitigated

2 mins

Multiple identity  
theft traceable in 
minutes

Cross-brand 
customer fraud 
identified and 
mitigated

19

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Strategy in action continued

Cost per customer 
acquisition

Challenges
The	bank’s	loan	department	wanted	to	grow	their	
portfolio	through	digital	marketing	efforts.	As	part	of	that	
process,	they	needed	to	measure	the	current	performance	
of their preferred advertising agencies. To support the 
analysis,	they	wanted	to	create	an	end-to-end	conversion	
funnel	analysis	report.	The	primary	goal	for	the	bank	was	
to optimise their paid advertising spend.

Solution
Celebrus	was	chosen	because	it’s	a	true	CDP	with	the	ability	
to	close	the	digital	data	loop	and	provide	full	visibility	of	
every customer journey from paid media referral to new 
account	opening	and	beyond.	The	bank	also	saw	the	value	
of	using	an	enterprise	real-time	data	hub	for	internal	and	
external	systems	to	reduce	effort	and	cost.

Initially,	Celebrus	was	purchased	and	deployed	for	
analytical	purposes.	The	retail	bank	then	enabled	the	
real-time	capabilities	of	Celebrus	CDP	to	integrate	with	
their advertising partners and take them to the next stage 
of	their	development.	A	propensity	model	was	built	to	
predict	intent	to	apply	for	a	personal	loan	by	analyzing	
each	visitor	who	starts	to	browse	pages	of	the	retail	loan	
section of the channel. The model continuously scores in 
real-time,	according	to	defined	goals.

The	model	was	built	in	a	way	that	defined	three	segments	
–	high,	medium,	and	low	propensity.	The	top	segment	
had	12	times	the	average	response	rate	and	the	bottom	
segment	had	5%	of	the	average	response	rate.

Results

The	bank	integrated	three	preferred	advertising	vendors,	
including	two	local	vendors	who	cover	Facebook	and	
Google	DoubleClick	Networks,	and	a	third	who	manages	

Google	Keyword	Search	and	Yahoo	Advertising.	The	Bank	
adopted their standard of advertisement tracking code for 
both	campaigns	and	promotions,	thus	reducing	deployment	
time	and	mapping/conversion	effort	in	the	analysis.

Using	Celebrus	data	collection,	one	year	of	historical	
customer	data	was	used	from	the	website	to	compile	start,	
visitor,	device,	page,	and	form	interactions.	These	data	points	
were	used	for	prediction	variables.	The	data	was	augmented	
with	loan	application	data	as	a	prediction	target,	reconciled	
with	a	unique	identifier	(in	this	case,	mobile	phone	number	
which	was	included	in	both	data	sets).

In	the	final	phase	of	testing,	two	additional	sub-models	
were	built:	one	for	visitors	being	driven	by	vendor	
advertising,	and	the	other	for	direct	website	visitors.	In-
session scoring was implemented using goals tied to score 
rules,	with	each	goal	only	counted	once	per	session.

The	Celebrus	Personalisation	Connector	was	used	to	
build	triggers	that	integrated	with	the	advertising	vendors’	
systems when the score was reached. Trigger rules were 
configured	for	low,	medium,	or	high	score	based	on	session	
value	metrics.	Score-based	segment	information	was	
passed to advertising platforms using scripts within the 
actions,	enabling	the	bank	to	use	a	different	advertising	
strategy for each segment.

For	the	low	score	segment,	the	bank	didn’t	spend	any	
budget	on	retargeting.	For	the	medium	score	segment,	they	
spent	less	cost	per	thousand	impressions	(CPM)	and	ran	the	
ads	for	a	shorter	duration.	For	the	high	score	segment,	they	
spent	more	on	CPM	and	increased	deployment	duration.	
The advertising agencies handled the creative elements of 
the	projects	in	line	with	the	bank’s	instructions,	derived	from	
the model decisions.

4.6x

increase in 
click-through rate 
(CTR) YoY

1.6x

increase  
in conversion 
rate

37%

savings in cost 
per customer 
acquisition (CPA)

20

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chief Technology Officer’s report

A transformative year on many fronts

Ant Phillips, Chief	Technology	Officer

Overview
The	last	year	has	been	a	hugely	transformative	year.	Starting	with	our	people,	we	have	new	
senior	leadership	in	the	Technology	Group	who	have	already	made	a	tremendous	difference	
both	from	a	strategic	and	operational	perspective.	Our	singular	focus	is	building	for	scale.	
Everything	we	do	for	customers	is	being	rebuilt	–	all	the	way	from	the	product,	through	our	
hosted	Managed	Services	offering	Celebrus	Cloud	(more	on	this	later)	and	to	the	services	we	
deliver	from	Professional	Services.	

Looking	through	the	lens	of	technology,	one	crucial	aspect	of	this	transformation	is	
automation.	As	we	onboard	more	customers,	we	could	scale	by	adding	a	small	army	of	
people.	This	is	expensive,	time-consuming	and	inefficient.	A	much	better	strategy	is	to	
automate	everything.	This	gives	us	virtually	unlimited	scalability,	consistency	and	security.	
Of	course,	building	the	automation	takes	time	and	requires	teams	to	grow	new	skills.	It	has	
been	tremendously	satisfying	to	see	our	people	step	up	into	this	new	world	and	take	on	the	
challenges.	We’re	not	at	the	finish	line	yet,	barely	even	getting	started,	but	this	is	the	right	
journey	to	be	taking	to	build	our	future	business.

Perhaps	first	amongst	equals	this	year	has	been	Celebrus	Cloud.	This	is	our	hosted	Managed	
Services	offering	for	all	our	Celebrus	products.	It	is	a	world-class	solution	which	is	fully	
automated,	secure,	and	highly	resilient.	Celebrus	Cloud	provides	the	foundation	to	deliver	
all	our	products	and	services.	We	can	onboard	new	customers	in	minutes	instead	of	weeks.

Celebrus	Cloud	is	a	tremendously	challenging	endeavour.	
Quite	simply,	everyone	is	involved.	The	Managed	Services	
team	is	building	the	platform	and	automation,	the	Product	
Development	team	is	enhancing	our	products	to	work	
seamlessly	in	Celebrus	Cloud,	and	Professional	Services	are	
delivering the customer success packages on top. Nothing we 
have	done	before	has	required	such	close	cooperation	and	
teaming	across	the	business.	

Our	Product	Development	team	has	had	a	very	busy	year.	
Two	major	releases	(v9.6	June,	and	v9.7	December)	delivered	
innovative new features to our customers. Amongst all the great 
new	capabilities	there	are	three	very	special	highlights:	Celebrus	
CDI	for	Salesforce,	Identity	Graph		and	CX	Vault.

First	of	all,	Celebrus	Customer	Data	Integration	(CDI)	for	
Salesforce.	Built	alongside	our	new	partners	at	Salesforce,	
this	solution	delivers	live-time	data	directly	into	Salesforce	
Marketing	Cloud.	Celebrus	CDI	for	Salesforce	powers	all	the	
great	Salesforce	tools	like	Interaction	Studio,	Journey	Builder,	
personalisation,	paid	media	advertising	and	much	more.	All	of	
this	is	delivered,	of	course,	through	Celebrus	Cloud	so	it	is	quick	
and easy to get started. 

Celebrus	CDI	for	Salesforce,	like	all	our	Celebrus	products,	is	
powered	by	the	Celebrus	Identity	Graph.	The	Celebrus	Identity	
Graph	now	enables	our	customers	to	fully	understand	visitor	
journeys	across	all	their	digital	properties.	This	is	all	possible	in	
real-time	and	it	is	fully	privacy	compliant.	This	newly	patented	
solution solves the pain marketers have around the death of 
third-party	cookies,	effectively	filling	in	the	data	gap	marketers	
have today. Another great example of innovative product 
thinking	delivering	high-value	solutions	to	our	customers.

My	final	product	highlight	is	CX	Vault.	CX	Vault	is	a	massively	
important innovation. There are two ways to look at privacy 
regulations	like	GDPR	and	CPRA.	One	way	is	to	view	them	as	
limits,	rules,	and	guard	rails	which	constrain	companies	and	
provide	consumers	like	us	guarantees	about	the	security	and	
privacy of our data. Another way to look at these regulations is to 
see them as a way to stimulate innovation in the marketplace so 
that privacy for the individual is at the heart of technology.

Our singular focus is building 
for scale. Everything we do for 
customers is being rebuilt ... from the 
product, through our hosted Managed 
Services offering Celebrus Cloud 
and to the services we deliver from 
Professional Services.”

And	that	perspective	is	exactly	what	Celebrus	CX	Vault	delivers.	
We	now	provide	a	unique	patent	protected	solution	which	
enables	you	to	provide	relevant	and	timely	messages	for	your	
customers	such	that	absolutely	no	data	is	shared	with	anyone	
or	any	business.	That’s	why	we	call	it	no-party	data.	Information	
about	what	is	relevant	and	interesting	to	you	is	completely	
sealed	in	a	vault	within	your	browser	while	you	visit	a	website	
and yet it provides a seamless customer experience for the 
brand	to	provide	meaningful	and	relevant	messages,	offers,	and	
information.	Third-party	cookies	are	extinct	and	the	solution	for	
marketers	to	offer	relevant	and	accurate	customer	experiences	is	
available	right	now	...	no	sharing,	no	tracking,	no	cookies.

New technologies are also appearing which present 
opportunities for us – Large Language Models (LLMs) like 
ChatGPT	being	one	good	example.	These	innovations	show	us	
that	there	is	tremendous	value	not	only	in	providing	the	data	but	
also the machine learning models and insights on top.

21

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chief Security Officer’s report

Driving continuous improvement

Tony Bennett, Chief	Security	Officer

Changes have been implemented across the scope of security with a particular 
focus on people, standards, recruitment, technology and process. 

Overview
ISO	27001	has	been	established	in	the	business	for	a	long	period	and	remains	the	
standard	of	choice	for	the	organisation	and	is	demonstrated	in	our	global	auditing	
framework.	A	growth,	automation	and	scalability	approach	underpins	any	changes	to	
how	we	manage	security	within	the	organisation;	ISO	27001	continues	to	provide	the	
framework	to	build	the	secure	processes	delivering	these	objectives	whilst	maintaining	
the	core	principles	of	confidentiality,	integrity	and	availability	of	our	information	assets.	
As	part	of	our	global	information	security	auditing	program,	we	recently	completed	our	
ISO	27001	audit	in	the	United	States.	This	has	been	followed	up	with	changes	to	our	
internal	auditing	approach	to	support	scalability	going	forward.

A transformational step for the organisation in the last 
twelve	months	has	been	to	deliver	a	24/7/365		Security	
Operations	Centre.	This	has	significantly	improved	our	cyber	
capabilities	in	the	areas	of	managed	detection	and	response.	
This	is	provided	using	a	SEIM	(Security	Event	and	Incident	
Management)	system	and	a	team	of	cyber	experts	which	
enables	us	to	cut	through	the	billions	of	logs	our	systems	
produce	each	year.	Automation	and	scalability	are	built	
into this process utilising hundreds of use cases to curtail 
any	perceived	threats	before	they	develop.	The	Security	
Operations	Centre	develops	with	the	ever-changing	security	
landscape,	including	activities	such	as	active	threat	hunting	
and a continual stream of new threat intel providing the most 
appropriate response to threats. 

People	form	a	key	part	of	our	security	strategy	and	over	the	
last twelve months we have taken further steps to ensure 
they	are	prepared	for	the	most	current	threats.	We	have	
deployed a new training technology that provides a wealth 
of training material to our employees. This is designed to 
be	interactive	and	engaging,	providing	employees	with	
accessible	on-demand	courses	and	education	in	the	security	
sphere. As part of this technology we have deployed tailored 
phishing	testing	and	automation	capabilities	to	ensure	that	
levels	of	awareness	and	response	can	be	delivered	at	a	very	
high standard.

A transformational step ... has been to 
deliver a 24/7/365 Security Operations 
Centre. This has significantly improved 
our cyber capabilities in the areas of 
managed detection and response.”

These improvements to systems and processes keep us at the 
forefront	of	cybersecurity,	which	is	an	essential	requirement	
providing	invaluable	assurance	for	the	multinational	
customers that we serve.

Over	the	next	year	I	expect	transformation	to	continue	
through	driving	automation	and	scalability	across	security	
controls.	In	focus	will	be	our	GRC	(Governance,	Risk	and	
Compliance) technologies and processes. Security will 
never stand still and we will continue to drive continuous 
improvement across the organisation.

22

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Key performance indicators

Measuring our performance

Software Revenues
£19.1m

Annual Recurring Revenues 
£16.7m

Adjusted diluted EPS
7.74p

Dividend
3.03p

2023

2022

2021

19.1

17.5

18.4

2023

2022

2021

16.7

14.0

10.6

2023

2022

2021

7.74

7.11

9.54

2023

2022

2021

3.03

2.92

2.81

Software	Revenues	exclude	third-party	product	
revenues.	This	is	a	KPI	because	it	reflects	the	work	
we	are	doing,	and	the	monies	received	over	a	
period	of	time	for	that	work.	It	is	driven	by	new	
sales,	renewals,	and	upsell/cross-sell	to	existing	
customers	and	includes	licenses,	hosting,	support	
and	maintenance,	as	well	as	one-off	project	work.

ARR is an important metric as it is an indicator of 
valuation	of	software	companies.	Investors	value	
the certainty of knowing that there is revenue 
which	will	recur	year	after	year	from	customers	
who	derive	benefit	from	D4t4’s	products.

Adjusted	diluted	EPS	is	driven	from	the	Adjusted	
profit	before	tax	figure	and	indicates	the	
adjusted	profit	per	share	to	provide	a	like-for-like	
calculation of value creation per share per year.

The	Dividend	is	a	key	metric,	as	many	
shareholders value the cash payment to them. 
This metric is one that is considered extensively 
by	the	Board	and	balanced	against	the	need	to	
invest	surplus	cash	into	growing	the	business.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Adjusted profit before tax
£3.8m

ARR as % of Software Revenues
89%

Cash
£17.2m

2022

2021

2020

3.8

3.3

4.5

2022

2021

2020

89

80

58

2022

2021

2020

17.2

11.4

14.2

Adjusted	profit	before	tax	is	a	key	indicator	because	
it approximates to the cash generation of the 
ongoing	operations.	It	excludes	non-cash	items	
such	as	amortisation,	foreign	exchange	gains/
losses,	and	share-base	payment	charges	etc,	as	well	
as	exceptional	one-off	costs.	See	note	5	on	page	81	
for	a	reconciliation	of	Adjusted	profit	before	tax.

ARR	as	a	%	total	revenue	indicates	our	progress	
to	improve	the	quality	of	revenues	by	making	a	
higher percentage of them recurring revenues. 
This includes converting existing customers from 
perpetual licenses to term licenses as well as 
adding	new	customers	on	a	term	license	ARR	basis.

Cash is a key metric as it provides assurance on 
our	ability	to	invest	to	grow	the	business	as	well	
as make dividend payments to shareholders. 
It	also	provides	comfort	to	customers	from	a	
vendor risk perspective.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Selling	software

Expand	Celebrus	Cloud

Annual Recurring Revenues

Scale	and	Efficiency

Culture

23

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Stakeholder engagement

Connecting with our key stakeholders

The Board considers the interests of its key stakeholders when making decisions. This ensures that the 
Directors are fulfilling their duties under Section 172 (s.172) of the Companies Act 2006, to ensure the 
long-term success of the Company.

These duties are summarised as follows;

A	Director	of	a	Company	must	act	in	a	way	they	consider,	in	
good	faith,	would	be	most	likely	to	promote	the	success	of	
the	Company	for	the	benefit	of	its	shareholders	as	a	whole	
and,	in	doing	so,	have	regard	(amongst	other	matters)	to:

•  The likely consequences of any decisions in the  

long-term;

•  The interests of the Group's employees;

•  The need to foster the Group's business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

•  The impact of the Group's operations on the community 

and environment;

•  The desirability of the Group to maintain a reputation  

for high standards of business conduct; and

•  The need to act fairly as between shareholders of 

the Company.

These	pages	outline	the	priorities	of	customers,	partners,	
employees	and	shareholders,	and	how	the	Board	engages	
with these groups.

Further	information	is	available	in	the	rest	of	this	Strategic	
Report on pages 2 to 41 and Corporate Governance Report on 
pages 42 to 64.

Throughout	the	year,	the	Group	Operations	Board	
updated the Board with information on important areas of 
business	focus,	and	in	particular	those	relating	to	our	key	
stakeholders	as	well	as	environmental,	social	and	governance	
(ESG) matters. This ensured that the Board had a good 
understanding of the priorities of each stakeholder group to 
aid decision making. More information on the Group's ESG 
activities	can	be	found	in	the	ESG	report	on	pages	29	to	36.	

From a stakeholder perspective the key considerations for the 
Board	during	the	year	are	shown	below.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Customers

Partners

Employees

Shareholders

24

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Stakeholder engagement continued

What is important to them
•  Reliable technology that adds 

value to their business.

•  Ongoing product development 
to meet their future needs.

•  Customer satisfaction with our 
products and support service.

•  Good relationships as a trusted 

• 

• 

supplier.

Integrations with key 
technology.

Input into the future features of 
the products.

Mark Krebs
VP, Global Sales
We	have	simplified	our	approach	to	
Sales	focusing	on	a	small	number	
of use cases rather than selling 
the	whole	broad	functionality	of	
our products from the outset. This 
reduces the length of our sales 
cycle	enabling	our	new	customers	
to	benefit	more	quickly	from	
our products.

Customers

How we engage
Customer input
We	engage	with	customers	to	ensure	a	proper	flow	of	information	from	our	key	customers	to	our	engineering	teams.	
This is also used to vet and adjust upcoming product roadmaps to ensure we are solving the key issues in the 
marketplace,	and	also	provides	a	sounding	board	for	our	CTO	and	Product	Teams	as	they	evaluate	various	research	
projects and roadmap items.

Customer and Partner portal
Our	Customer	and	Partner	portal	has	the	goal	of	streamlining	communication,	providing	better	support,	and	offering	
a	variety	of	self-service	options	to	customers	and	partners.	This	also	ensures	we	are	able	to	communicate	openly	and	
effectively,	while	also	providing	a	central	location	for	all	the	latest	information	about	our	products	and	services.

Customer Success
We	are	evolving	our	Account	Management	team	to	becoming	a	Customer	Success	team,	to	work	more	closely	with	our	
existing	customers	and	their	strategic	plans	for	maximising	the	benefits	of	Celebrus.	We	also	ensure	that	all	customers	
are communicated with during the product updates that we generally release twice annually.

Service reviews
Internal	service	reviews	are	conducted	daily	based	upon	client	communication	and	support	requests,	which	are	
managed	on	a	24/7	basis	for	most	customers.	Regular	service	reviews	with	customers	are	held	to	ensure	we	continue	
to	add	value	across	our	customer	base.

Marketing and messaging
A	primary	focus	of	ours	as	part	of	our	“go	loud”	campaign	is	to	provide	our	customers	and	prospects	with	a	better	
understanding	of	our	product,	core	use	cases,	and	differentiators.	This	will	also	further	enhance	our	partner	
engagement	and	onboarding	as	well	as	our	direct	sales	initiatives.

Case studies
Inclusion	of	key	customer	case	studies	as	part	of	our	PR	campaign	to	raise	awareness	of	the	value	of	the	Celebrus	
family	of	products.	We	have	also	introduced	PR	bylines	to	exhibit	expertise	in	our	relevant	fields	for	our	 
key stakeholders.

25

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Stakeholder engagement continued

Simon Burton
VP, Alliances
Developing	alliances	is	a	crucial	
component	of	our	business	strategy,	
and we are constantly working to 
create innovative solutions that 
address	significant	challenges.	
Our	dedication	to	broadening	
our network of partners remains 
steadfast,	with	a	specific	emphasis	
on	engaging	System	Integrators	
(SI’s)	in	the	upcoming	year.

What is important to them
•  Collaborative sales and 

marketing initiatives to promote 
swift	adoption	of	our	products	
and to ensure our customers 
can quickly realise its value.

•  Our	offering	will	be	

differentiated	to	enable	
both	offensive	and	defensive	
positioning, with a goal of 
increasing our Annual Recurring 
Revenue (ARR). 

•  Continual product and market 
education of front-line account 
teams.

•  We will build trusted 

relationships with our partners 
to	effectively	work	together	in	
serving our mutual customers.

•  Our commercial agreements 

will not be overly complicated 
to avoid slowing down contract 
negotiations.

•  Co-developed connections 
to partner systems facilitate 
services related to deriving 
value, rather than just 
integration and data 
management.

Partners

How we engage
Trusted partnerships
As	communicated	last	year,	our	Board	remains	dedicated	to	cultivating	dependable	partnerships	with	our	associates,	
which	are	instrumental	in	fulfilling	numerous	customer	commitments	and	advancing	our	enterprise.	We	will	persist	in	
expanding	these	partnerships,	to	ensure	our	platform	receives	the	acknowledgments	it	merits	in	the	coming	year.	

Moreover,	we	will	continue	to	innovate	our	partner	messaging	to	drive	more	engagement	from	the	channel.

Partner marketing
The engagement and training of our partners is pivotal to our success. As we continuously enhance our product range 
and	adapt	to	the	ever-changing	market,	including	the	challenges	posed	by	cookie	deprecation,	regulatory	issues,	
and	problems	of	data	tagging,	we	have	created	a	dedicated	partner	marketing	function.	Its	primary	responsibility	is	
to	ensure	that	we	maintain	a	prominent	position	in	the	minds	of	all	our	partner	account	teams,	regional	and	sector	
leaders,	and	foster	stronger	relationships	with	our	partners	worldwide	for	the	Celebrus	product	line.	Through	this	
approach,	we	have	been	able	to	better	facilitate	and	stimulate	our	partners’	understanding,	and	motivation	towards	
Celebrus	sales.	

26

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Stakeholder engagement continued

What is important to them
•  Understanding the direction of 
the business, along with clear 
communication. Bringing our 
locations together, breaking 
down silos and feeling 
empowered with their role.

•  Feeling valued, trusted and 

supported.

•  Flexibility, work-life balance & 

wellbeing.

•  Provided with the opportunity 
to develop and grow with clear 
expectations.

Employees

How we engage
Employee engagement
This	year	we	conducted	our	first	anonymous	Annual	Employee	Survey.	Scoring	a	positive	4.1	out	of	5,	it	provided	our	
colleagues	the	opportunity	to	voice	their	opinion	or	concerns	and	raise	questions.		With	very	good	feedback	overall,	we	
learnt	our	people	want	to	better	understand	the	strategy	of	the	business,	and	so	our	Town	Halls	are	now	bi-monthly.

Communication
As	we	have	moved	to	Hybrid	Working	arrangements,	investment	in	our	own	tech-stack	has	been	crucial	in	developing	
our	communication	activities	as	well	as	our	culture.	We	have	invested	in	a	global	HR	Information	System	(HRIS)	and	
an Applicant Tracking System (ATS). These systems have allowed us to centralise information and automate and 
streamline	our	processes,	improving	efficiency	and	productivity.

ESG
Last	year	we	set	up	an	ESG	committee	and	sub-teams.	This	has	grown	to	be	very	beneficial,	allowing	employees	to	
directly	impact	the	Group’s	ESG	activities,	particularly	in	relation	to	charitable	events	locally	and	internationally.

Attraction & retention
Over	the	past	year	we	have	created	Graduate	and	Trainee	positions	to	support	our	succession	planning.	We	have	seen	
a	decrease	in	our	average	age,	with	32%	of	our	new	hires	being	aged	18–26.	We	have	also	improved	our	retention	rate	
from	88%	to	90%.

Training & development
In	our	Annual	Employee	Survey,	our	people	commented	they	would	like	enhanced	training	and	development.	We	have	
included	this	in	our	People	strategy	and	this	will	be	available	to	all	our	people.

Vicky Baker
Head of HR, People and Culture
Continuing to develop employee 
satisfaction and our culture has 
been	a	key	focus	this	year.	

Employees tell us they are happier 
in	their	job	than	they	were	a	
year ago.

27

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Stakeholder engagement continued

What is important to them
•  Shareholder value.

•  Staying up to date with 

Group strategy and business 
performance.

•  Timely, clear and relevant 

communication.

•  Understanding the 

remuneration policy and 
management incentivisation.

•  Comfort around the governance 
of the Group and ESG initiatives.

Shareholders

How we engage
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)
The	AGM	is	a	key	opportunity	for	engagement	between	the	Board	and	shareholders.	Last	year	we	also	held	a	Q&A	
session	after	the	AGM.	The	recording	is	available	on	the	website.

Analysts and investor meetings
The	Executive	Directors	hold	broker,	analyst	and	investor	meetings	throughout	the	year,	particularly	following	the	
release	of	the	Group’s	interim	and	full	year	results	and	feedback	from	those	meetings	is	shared	with	the	Board.

Annual Report and Accounts
The	Group’s	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	is	made	available	to	all	shareholders	both	online	and	in	hard	copy	
where	requested.

Group website
The	investor	section	of	the	website	was		updated	during	the	year	making	it	more	engaging	and	informative.	
Presentations,	announcements,	videos	and	other	key	shareholder	information	are	available	on	the	website.	
Governance	documents	such	as	Matters	Reserved	for	the	Board,	and	terms	of	reference	of	committees	are	
also	available.

Capital markets day
This is an opportunity for investors to meet with management and for management to go into more detail 
about	aspects	of	the	business.	An	event	was	held	in	December	2022	and	the	video	recording	is	available	on	the	
Group	website.

Ash Mehta
Chief Financial Officer
We	value	our	engagement	with	
shareholders and so we have 
increased	the	volume	and	quality	
of	our	communication	by	using	
investor	meeting	tools,	social	
media as well as our improved 
investor	website.

28

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report

Conducting business to the 
highest ethical standards

D4t4 conducts its business activities to the 
highest ethical standards and expects clients and 
suppliers to embrace these same principles. 

This	report	outlines	how	we	conduct	our	activities	and	should	be	read	in	
conjunction	with	other	sections	of	the	Annual	Report,	notably	the	Corporate	
Governance	section,	as	well	as	reports	on	the	D4t4	website.

Introduction and overview
In	last	year’s	first	ESG	Report	to	stakeholders,	we	reported	on	the	first	
carbon	audit	for	the	calendar	year	2021.	The	inclusion	this	year	of	the	2022	
carbon	audit	findings,	in	the	first	section,	provides	a	good	insight	into	
progress,	as	well	as	pointers	to	what	further	action	we	can	take	to	reduce	
the	Group’s	carbon	footprint.

The	second	section	focuses	on	the	social	impact	we	have	been	able	to	
have	on	our	communities	but	also	on	our	employees	and	their	safety	
and	wellbeing.

The	third	section	discusses	our	approach	and	initiatives	to	being	a	good	
corporate,	and	ensuring	we	treat	all	our	stakeholders	fairly,	including	
policies	covering	matters	such	as	tax	fairness,	bribery	and	whistleblowing.	
These	were	described	in	detail	last	year	and	this	year	we	focus	on	the	key	
matters	with	other	information	being	available	on	the	ESG	section	of	the	
D4t4	website.

29

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report continued

Environmental

D4t4 cares about the environment and fully supports, 
and is committed to, the principles of promoting 
good environmental practice and sustainability in the 
conduct of its activities. The Group wants to ensure 
that any adverse effects on the environment are kept 
to a minimum.

It aims to do this by:

•  wholly supporting the requirements of accepted international standards and 

current EU environmental legislation and codes of practice;

•  minimising consumption through the reduction, reuse, or recycling of materials 

as much as possible;

•  encouraging	efficient	use	of	energy,	utilities,	and	natural	resources;

•  continually striving to improve environmental performance; and

•  communicating its environmental commitment to clients and suppliers and 

encouraging their support.

Carbon audit 2022

1
5
1

8
2
1

3
2
1

3
0
1

Key:

0
8

3
6

2021 tCO2e

2022 tCO2e

Facilities

Operations

Transport

Grand total:

Total 2021 tCO2/e
331

Total 2022 tCO2/e
317 

D4t4	reappointed	Alectro	LLP	to	perform	a	carbon	audit	
for the calendar year 2022. This report sets out the 2022 
results	compared	to	2021	and	describes	progress	on	the	
recommendations	for	reducing	our	carbon	impact.	

During	the	year,	the	Group’s	activities	including	our	facilities,	
operations and transport generated 317 (2021: 331) tonnes 
of CO2	equivalent	to	a	per	employee	emission	of	2.13	tCO2/e	
(2021: 2.26 tCO2/e).

Facilities accounted for 151t (2021: 128t) and the increase 
was	due	to	increased	electricity	usage	(102t	vs	79t)	with	the	
offices	being	open	more	than	in	2021.	Whilst	we	have	green	
electricity	tariffs	in	our	US	and	UK	offices	which	produce	no	
CO2,	this	is	more	difficult	to	do	in	India	where	in	the	Chennai	
area	76%	of	electricity	is	coal,	diesel	or	gas,	with	24%	being	
nuclear,	hydro	or	other	renewables,	and	no	purely	green	
tariffs	are	available.	This	will	be	addressed	when	the	Indian	
business	undertakes	an	office	move	to	a	smaller	facility.	On	a	
positive	note,	over	the	last	few	years	we	have	been	working	
on	reducing	our	consumption	of	natural	gas	and	this	year,	for	
the	second	time,	we	maintained	it	at	zero.

Transport	emissions	were	down	to	103t	(2021:	123t)	as	travel,	
particularly	international	flights	were	controlled	more	tightly,	
coming	down	from	64t	to	34t,	but	with	Employee	commute	
up	from	59t	to	69t,	with	employees	returning	to	regular	
office	attendance	compared	to	2021.	Despite	the	increase	
in	emissions,	the	percentage	of	the	distance	travelled	by	
low-carbon	methods	increased	from	16%	to	26%.	Although	
this	is	still	a	work	in	progress,	the	early	signs	of	improvement	
are positive.

30

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report continued

Operations	emissions	accounted	for	63t	(2021:	79t),	with	
fewer	emissions	relating	to	purchased	goods,	and	a	reduction	
in	waste	generated	for	landfill.	The	impact	from	cloud	
infrastructure	is	largely	low	carbon,	based	on	the	offsetting	
undertaken	by	Microsoft	Azure,	one	of	our	cloud	computing	
suppliers,	but	with	AWS	contributing	to	the	overall	impact.	

These	figures	include	Scope	1,	2	and	3	emissions	as	
defined	under	the	Greenhouse	Gas	(GHG)	Protocol,	and	the	
breakdown	is	shown	below.

5
7
.
1
0
1

9
4
.
9
7

1
9
.
7
2
1

7
8
.
0
5
1

9
5
.
8
4
2

9
4
.
4
1
2

Key:

2021 tCO2e

2022 tCO2e

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Grand total:

2021 tCO2e
330.06

2022 tCO2e
316.72 

Carbon offset
For	the	first	time,	in	2022	we	made	investments	into	projects	
to	offset	all	of	the	334	tonnes	of	2021	carbon	emissions.	The	
projects were;

Electric car scheme
Over	the	last	year,	we	have	launched	an	electric	car	scheme	
in	the	UK,	covering	electric	and	hybrid	cars	up	to	a	maximum	
emissions	level	of	50g/km	of	CO2. This has had good initial 
take-up	as	it	is	a	salary	sacrifice	scheme	with	payments	being	
made	from	gross	pay	and	the	benefit	in	kind	being	much	
lower	than	the	normal	income	tax	rate,	thereby	providing	a	
tax saving to the employee on top of having a car with low 
or	zero	emissions.	We	expect	further	take-up	as	employees	
reach	the	renewal	point	in	the	ownership	of	their	petrol/
diesel vehicles. 

Future progress
The	2022	carbon	audit	report	provides	useful	confirmation	of	
progress	in	the	year,	especially	on	Scope	1.	Focus	will	now	be	
directed to Scope 2 and 3 emissions.

The	challenges	and	opportunities	in	2023	are	expected	to	be:

•  A	likely	increase	in	travel,	due	to	our	attendance	at	trade	

conferences	as	well	as	meeting	our	customers	face-to-face,	
especially our project and customer success teams.

•  The	planned	office	move	in	India	later	this	year	is	expected	

to	significantly	reduce	our	emissions	in	2024.	The	
emissions	profile	of	the	new	office	building	will	be	a	key	
criterion in our search and selection.

•  The	planned	office	move	in	the	UK,	will	reduce	our	space	

usage	from	17,000	sq.ft	to	under	7,000	sq.ft.	The	impact	on	
our	carbon	footprint	will	be	minimal	as	the	current	office	
already	benefits	from	a	renewable	energy	tariff.

•  Review of our supply chain to seek further reductions 

•  A	400	MW	Solar	Power	Project,	in	Rajasthan	state	in	India.

in emissions.

•  A	20	MW	biomass-based	power	project	in	Chhattisgarh	

state	also	in	India.	

•  A clean cooking stoves project in Nepal. 

These	are	all	projects	accredited	by	Gold	Standard,	a	body	
founded	by	the	WWF	and	other	NGOs.	

This	is	a	significant	step	forward	in	our	ESG	activities	though,	
whilst	offset	is	a	good	thing	to	do,	ultimately,	we	continue	to	
look	at	ways	to	reduce	our	overall	carbon	emissions.

We	will	test	more	rigorously	the	need	to	travel,	especially	
by	air,	and	we	will	encourage	the	use	of	public	transport	
whenever	it	is	a	suitable	mode	of	transport	and	consider	
hiring personnel closer to key customer locations to reduce 
transcontinental	flights.

Whilst offset is a good thing 
to do, ultimately, we continue 
to look at ways to reduce our 
overall carbon emissions.”

31

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report continued

Social

Our employees
As a technology business, the Group’s success is built on 
the intellectual capital of our people, and the pride they 
feel in working for the Group. The aim of the leadership 
team and the HR function is to enable, empower and 
strengthen this drive through the creation of a positive 
working culture in which employees feel engaged 
and motivated.

Hybrid working
As	a	people-led,	technology-driven	business,	innovation	is	
driven	from	personal	interaction	across	the	firm	and	with	
customers,	so	following	the	easing	of	lockdown	last	year,	
in	September	2022	we	moved	to	a	hybrid	working	model.	
This	is	a	combination	of	home	and	office	working,	in	which	
employees	are	able	to	work	from	home,	but	also	come	
into	the	office	in	teams	so	as	to	foster	relationship	building,	
personal	development	and	creative	interaction.	We	have	
found	hybrid	working	to	be	an	essential	component	of	our	
employer	offering	with	increasing	numbers	of	employees	and	
potential employees viewing it as a key factor in joining and 
staying	with	D4t4.

Embedding our culture and values
In	last	year’s	report	we	talked	about	how	our	ambitious	
growth	plans	required	a	review	and	reset	of	the	Company	
culture	and	values,	and	how	we	decided	to	expand	the	HR	
role	to	help	develop	a	culture	focused	more	on	accountability	
and	empowerment,	and	to	create	a	more	vibrant	working	
environment. This investment into HR and people has 
proven	to	be	effective	and	during	the	year	we	undertook	
an employee survey to gauge employee happiness and 
satisfaction.	The	key	findings	were:

Highest score

The management team is invested in the success of the Company and your team

92%

7%

4.6

The	management	team	openly	commmunicated	with	the	business

83%

11%

6%

4.2

I	feel	I	can	give	my	input	and	that	input	is	taken	into	account	by	management

•  92%	of	participants	feel	the	management	team	is	invested	

75%

in	the	success	of	the	Company	&	team.

•  63%	of	participants	are	happier	in	their	job	than	a	year	ago,	

Strategy feedback

scoring	between	4-5	/	5.

I	understand	the	strategy	of	D4t4	Solutions

16%

9%

4.1

•  What	participants	like	MOST	about	their	job/Company:

78%

11%

11%

4.1

 – 	 The	people	–	friendly	environment,	strong	teamwork,	

culture.

I	understand	how	my	role	fits	in	with	the	overall	strategy	of	D4t4	Solutions

 – 	 The	benefits	–	employee-focused,	hybrid	working,	

79%

15%

6%

4.2

flexibility,	work-life	balance.

 – 	 The	technology	–	strong	product,	interesting,	

evolutionary,	variety.

 – 	 The	management	–	trust,	ambitious,	encouraging,	

supportive,	investment.

I	believe	that	our	Company	strategy	is	likely	to	succeed

82%

17%

4.3

  Positive    

  Moderate    

  Negative

The	areas	for	improvement	identified	in	the	survey	are	being	addressed	and	included:

•  More	frequent	communication;	we	have	increased	the	frequency	of	our	all-employee	Town	
Hall	meetings	from	every	three	months	to	every	two	months.	We	are	also	utilising	our	HR	
portal,	HiBob,	to	engage	more	informally	with	the	employee	base.

•  Development	and	training;	this	was	already	known	to	management	as	we	consider	it	

essential	to	make	the	business	scalable.	A	proactive	process	has	been	put	in	place	for	line	
managers to identify training and development needs.

•  Social	activities;	after	the	long	period	of	home	working,	employees	are	keen	to	build	

relationships	through	informal	and	social	interaction.	We	re-booted	this	during	the	last	
year	by	having	a	number	of	employee	events,	including	a	Christmas	party,	and	the	14th	
anniversary	event	in	India	(see	page	34).	

32

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report continued

Diversity of employee base, equal opportunities, 
inclusion and treating people fairly
We	treat	individuals	openly	and	fairly	with	dignity	and	respect,	and	
we	value	their	contribution	towards	providing	a	quality	service	to	
our customers.

Our focus on diversity and inclusion extends to treating all our 
employees	and	job	applicants	fairly	and	equally,	and	ensuring	that	
longlists	have	a	broad	range	of	candidate	backgrounds	from	which	the	
successful	candidate	will	be	chosen.

It	is	our	policy	not	to	discriminate	based	on	gender	or	gender	identity,	
sexual	orientation,	marital	or	civil	partner	status,	gender	reassignment,	
race,	religion	or	belief,	colour,	nationality,	ethnic	or	national	origin,	
disability	or	age,	pregnancy,	or	trade	union	membership	or	the	fact	
that	they	are	a	part-time	worker	or	a	fixed-term	employee.	The	equal	
opportunities	policy	operated	by	the	Group	ensures	all	workers	have	a	
duty to act in accordance with this.

Employee nationalities

Row labels %

American

15%

Australian

1%

British

Canadian

Czech

French

German

Hungarian

Indian

Irish

Polish

Portuguese

Romanian

Swiss

1%

1%

1%

1%

1%

2%

1%

1%

1%

1%

43%

30%

With	employees	in	three	different	countries	and	coming	from	many	
different	backgrounds,	D4t4	is	proud	to	have	a	diverse	workforce.	
Nevertheless,	we	recognise	that	more	can	always	be	done.	In	the	
previous	year	we	had	added	more	women	into	key	roles	such	as	VP-
Marketing,	Head	of	Public	Relations,	Head	of	HR,	People	and	Culture.	This	
past	year	we	have	added	to	this	in	roles	such	as	Non-Executive	Director,	
Head	of	Professional	Services,	Head	of	Lead	Generation	and	Head	of	
Brand.	Consequently,	19%	of	our	line	management	team	is	now	women.

Our	geographical	diversity	is	also	important.	To	that	end,	19%	of	lines	
managers	are	in	India,	16%	in	the	United	States,	with	65%	being	located	in	
the	UK	and	RoI.	The	nationalities	of	our	staff	are	shown	in	the	box	below.

Employee reward and recognition
The Company recognises the need to reward and recognise our 
employees	for	their	contribution	to	the	Group’s	success	as	well	as	
supporting	their	overall	wellbeing.	We	provide	an	attractive	range	of	
benefits	tailored	to	each	location.	

In	both	the	UK	and	the	US,	we	offer	a	company	pension	contribution	
higher	than	the	statutory	minimum,	and	during	the	year	we	improved	
our	pension	plan	in	the	US,	moving	to	a	provider	with	lower	costs	for	
employees whilst retaining a good range of investment choices.

We	also	offer	a	company-funded	healthcare	scheme	and	in	the	UK	we	
upgraded	the	scheme	to	include	mental	health,	better	cancer	cover	and	
24/7	online	access	to	a	GP.	

We	also	offer	a	comprehensive	Employee	Assistance	Program	to	assist	
employees	with	issues	of	any	kind,	including	problems	at	home,	issues	
with	work,	housing	concerns,	legal	problems	etc.	There	is	also	support	
for	face-to-face	counselling	in	complex	cases,	as	well	as	online	live-chat	
counselling.

The Group has an employee share option scheme to motivate and retain 
key	staff	and	allow	them	to	share	in	the	success	of	the	Group.		

Non-financial	benefits	include	the	ability	to	work	on	a	hybrid	basis	
and	on	a	flexible	basis	if	required,	allowing	employees	to	work	from	
home	on	a	regular	basis	to	cater,	for	example,	for	family	obligations	
etc.	This	is	a	core	component	of	building	a	culture	of	accountability	
and empowerment throughout the organisation with clear goals and 
expectations for every role.

Health and safety
It	is	our	policy	that	all	of	the	Group’s	facilities,	products	and	services	
comply	with	applicable	laws	and	regulations	governing	safety	and	
quality,	so	that	we	can	maintain	a	safe	working	environment	for	our	
employees,	customers,	partners,	and	visitors.

During	the	year	there	were	no	major	injuries	reported	under	the	
Reporting	of	Injuries,	diseases,	and	Dangerous	Occurrence	Regulations.

33

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report continued

India 14th Anniversary

Community: Interview training for college students

In	February	2023,	our	India	team	of	approx.	50	employees	celebrated	the	14th	anniversary	of	the	
Chennai	office	having	been	set	up.	This	was	also	the	first	opportunity	to	get	together	after	the	recent	
years of lockdown and distancing. 

The	team	started	their	day	early,	departing	at	7	am	for	a	coach	journey	to	a	beachside	resort	in	Tamil	
Nadu.	They	were	greeted	with	garlands	upon	arrival,	and	before	the	day’s	events	unfolded,	they	
enjoyed	a	traditional	Chennai	breakfast	with	coffee	and	tea.

The	morning	session	was	filled	with	fun-filled	team-building	activities	and	sports.	The	team	engaged	
in	various	games,	obstacle	courses,	and	challenges,	fostering	collaboration	and	strengthening	bonds.	
The	atmosphere	was	filled	with	laughter	and	camaraderie.

In	the	afternoon,	the	team	enjoyed	a	friendly	game	of	cricket	on	the	beach,	showcasing	their	skills	
and	enjoying	the	competitive	spirit.	The	day	concluded	with	a	prize	distribution	ceremony	at	the	
beachside	resort.	The	winners	of	the	team-building	activities,	cricket	match	and	the	sports	committee	
were	recognised	and	rewarded	with	trophies.	As	the	day	drew	to	a	close,	they	relaxed	with	a	high	tea,	
savouring	a	variety	of	snacks	and	beverages.

Exhausted	but	satisfied,	the	team	boarded	the	coach	and	returned,	enjoying	the	evening	breeze	from	
the	sea	and	the	soothing	melodies	playing	in	the	background.

Undoubtedly,	this	was	the	most	significant	community	event	we	undertook	during	the	year.

In	November,	some	members	of	our	India	team	(Aravinth,	Soundhariya,	Preethaa,	Nandakumar)	working	
with	volunteers	from	the	Rotary	Club	of	Chennai	Titans	conducted	a	mock	interview	session	for	a	group	
of	60	final	year	college	students	from	the	Sri	Venkateswara	College	of	Technology	in	Chennai.

This was a novel idea of helping imminent graduates to get a feel of the interview process. A group 
discussion	was	undertaken	for	30	minutes	with	a	chosen	topic,	which	was	followed	by	1:1	interviews	
for	all	60	students.	This	process	was	intended	to	benefit	every	student	to	better	face	the	real	
interviews that would start for them soon. 

The event was concluded with a meeting including all the students and a summary on their 
performance	was	shared	by	every	interviewer.	

As	well	as	helping	the	students,	this	was	a	fun	day	and	our	team	also	managed	to	give	some	insight	
to future careers for these technology undergrads.

34

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report continued

Governance

Corporate governance is described 
in detail on pages 42 to 64. The 
section below outlines other aspects 
of governance and best practice 
within the Group. 

Materiality Matrix
To	make	sure	that	we	tackle	the	issues	that	really	matter,	
we	prioritise	them	by	assessing	their	‘materiality’	–	i.e.	
the	extent	to	which	they	impact	our	business	and	society.	
We	do	this	by	using	a	‘Materiality	Matrix’	which	helps	us	
focus	activity	in	areas	where	we	can,	and	should,	have	
the greatest impact.

As	part	of	this	process,	we	consider	the	risks	and	
opportunities	facing	our	business	in	the	immediate	
and	longer	term,	and	score	them	based	on	their	level	
of importance. This involves drawing on external 
insight	from	a	range	of	stakeholders	such	as	customers,	
colleagues,	investors	and	suppliers.	

Prioritising	issues	through	this	process	enables	us	to	
focus	our	efforts	on	effectively	managing	our	impact	as	
well as our stakeholder relationships.

This	Materiality	Matrix	will	be	used	over	the	next	two	
years to guide our ESG activities.

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S
o
t
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

ESG is no longer just about a philanthropic desire to do good and 
be a good corporate citizen. It heavily influences the way that 
investors, customers, and potential hires look at us as well.”  

Hatem Dowidar,	Group	CEO	of	e&	McKinsey	Quote	of	the	Day

Whistleblowing policy

Anti-bribery  
and corruption

Tax and reporting

Intellectual  
property  
protection

Legal and  
regulatory 
compliance

Board skills

Risk management 
and resilience

Customer  
satisfaction

Corporate 
Governance

Data security  
and privacy

Ethics and 
compliance

Product innovation

Board independence

Employee  
wellbeing

Workforce skills  
and development

Executive 
compensation

Fair pay

Diversity, equity  
and inclusion

Carbon footprint

Responsible sourcing

Partnerships

Community engagement

Importance to Company

35

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG report continued

Good corporate conduct
D4t4	has	policies	in	place	to	help	ensure	that	the	Company	
is	a	good	corporate	citizen,	in	its	own	right	and	through	
the actions of its employees. These policies are reviewed 
regularly and the key policies include:

•  Employee code of conduct.

•  Bribery and corruption policy.

•  Modern slavery statement.

•  Whistleblowing policy.

•  Supplier code of conduct.

Tax fairness
D4t4	is	committed	to	being	a	responsible	taxpayer,	acting	in	a	
fair	and	legal	manner	at	all	times.	We	have	in	place	intragroup	
trading agreements ensuring that costs are passed into the 
tax jurisdiction to which they relate and out of jurisdictions 
where	there	were	originally	incurred,	typically	in	the	UK	but	
for	the	benefit	of	our	overseas	operations.	These	agreements	
are	made	available	to	tax	authorities	as	requested	to	support	
recharging	between	Group	companies	and	demonstrate	
that	recharges	are	fair,	legitimate	and	reflect	the	commercial	
substance	of	the	activities	to	which	they	relate.

In	FY23,	our	total	tax	contribution	was	£4.7m	(FY22:	£4.7m).	
Taxes	borne	by	the	Group	totalled	£1.0m	(FY22:	£0.9m)	and	
consist	of	corporation	tax,	employer’s	NICs	and	stamp	duty.	
Taxes	collected	by	the	Group	totalled	£3.7m	(FY22:	£3.8m)	
and	consist	of	PAYE	deductions,	employees’	NICs	and	net	
VAT collected.

Data security
Data	security	is	core	to	our	business,	with	our	multinational	
customers entrusting us with access to their data and 
information	systems.	We	handle	this	through	a	range	of	
initiatives	and	further	information	in	available	in	the	report	
from	our	Chief	Security	Officer	on	page	22.

Executive remuneration
The	Board	regards	ESG	to	be	an	important	part	of	its	
oversight and activities and seeks to ensure that ESG is a 
consideration	across	the	whole	business.	Therefore,	when	
appropriate	for	business	priorities	the	remuneration	of	
the executive directors may have a proportion related to 
ESG	objectives.

Future ESG developments
This second ESG Report demonstrates the progress of ESG 
activities	across	the	D4t4	business.	Based	on	benchmarking	
discussions	with	advisers	and	consultants	we	believe	we	
are in a strong position relative to our peer group of smaller 
quoted	public	companies.	We	will	continue	our	efforts	and	
this	coming	year	we	expect	the	most	significant	advance	will	
be	to	reduce	emissions	from	our	India	office.	We	look	forward	
to reporting on progress periodically through the ESG section 
of	our	website.

Ash Mehta
Chief Financial Officer
11 July 2023

Monika Biddulph
Non-Executive Director
11 July 2023

36

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chief Financial Officer’s review

Investing into the sales pipeline and 
ensuring the business is scalable.

Overview
This	was	a	year	of	investing	into	building	the	sales	pipeline,	and	ensuring	the	
business	is	scalable	and	operating	efficiently	to	execute	the	forthcoming	growth.	The	
investment	required	was	managed	by	refreshing	and	renewing	certain	teams	in	the	
business	to	contain	the	cost	base	at	a	similar	level	to	last	year.	This,	coupled	with	tight	
management	of	trade	debtors	and	our	cash	balance,	leaves	us	at	the	year	end	with	a	
strong	balance	sheet	to	fund	future	growth	expected	from	the	larger	pipeline.	

Income statement
Due	to	delays	in	the	signing	of	two	contracts	before	the	year	end,	Group	Revenues	were	
£21.4m	(FY22:	£24.5m).	However,	Software	Revenues,	comprising	license	revenues,	managed	
services,	support	and	maintenance	and	implementation	services,	but	excluding	highly	
variable,	low	margin	third-party	hardware	revenues,	were	up	9.6%	to	£19.1m	(FY22:	£17.5m).

Equally	significantly,	ARR	grew	19.3%	to	£16.7m	(FY22:	£14.0m)	and	accounted	for	89%	
(FY22:	80%)	of	Software	Revenues	for	the	year.	Within	the	£2.7	million	of	ARR	growth,	
contract	wins	accounted	for	£1.9	million	with	£0.8	million	being	due	to	foreign	currency	
movements,	arising	from	the	strong	US	Dollar	impacting	on	our	predominantly	USD-
denominated ARR.

The	gross	margin	was	60.2%	(FY22:	51.9%)	due	to	a	smaller	
proportion of low margin hardware revenues. Excluding 
hardware	revenues	and	cost	of	sales,	the	underlying	Software	
gross	margin	was	68.8%	(FY22:	67.8%).

Operating	expenses	continued	to	be	tightly	controlled,	falling	
slightly	during	the	year	to	£10.8	million	(FY22:	£11.0	million).	

The	adjusted	profit	before	tax	was	£3.8	million	(FY22:	£3.3	
million),	whilst	the	unadjusted	profit	before	tax	was	£2.4	
million	(FY22:	£1.8	million).	The	difference	between	the	
adjusted	and	unadjusted	figures	is	due	to	a	charge	for	share-
based	payments	arising	from	share	option	grants	during	the	
year	of	£0.9	million	(FY22:	£0.7	million)	and	restructuring	costs	
of	£0.5	million	(FY22:	£0.4	million),	amortisation	of	intangible	
assets	of	£0.3	million	(FY22:	£0.3	million)	reduced	by	foreign	
exchange	gains	of	£0.3	million	(FY22:	loss	of	£0.1	million).

The	average	number	of	employees	increased	slightly	during	
the	year	to	151	(FY22:	149).	Although	we	increased	investment	
into	Sales	and	Marketing	this	was	offset	by	redundancies	of	
certain roles across the Group.

Foreign currency impact
The foreign currency markets remained volatile during the 
last few months of the year. This impacts the Group which 
has	around	70%	of	revenues	in	US	Dollars,	but	approximately	
30%	of	Group	expenses.	The	Group’s	tighter	policies	
and management of foreign currency risk along with the 
strengthening	of	the	US	dollar	during	the	year	resulted	in	a	
foreign	currency	gain	of	£0.3	million	(FY22:	loss	£0.1	million).

Taxation
Taxable	profits	were	slightly	higher	for	the	year	and	the	tax	
charge	was	higher	at	an	effective	rate	of	11.5%	(FY22:	3.9%).	
This	was	driven	by	a	higher	tax	charge	in	the	United	States	
and	an	under	provision	in	last	year’s	Group	charge,	but	was	

reduced	by	our	significant	investment	into	research	and	
development,	much	of	which	qualifies	for	R&D	and	Patent	
Box	tax	credits	in	the	UK.	The	increase	in	the	corporation	tax	
rate	to	25%	in	the	UK	from	1	April	2023,	along	with	changes	
to	qualifying	costs	under	the	UK	R&D	tax	credit	scheme	
(which	will	result	in	smaller	claims	being	made	in	future),	may	
produce	a	higher	effective	tax	charge	in	future	periods.

Financial position
The	Goodwill	balance	of	£9.4	million	(FY22:	£9.4	million)	is	
comprised	of	goodwill	from	the	acquisition	of	Celebrus	in	
2015,	and	the	acquisition	of	Prickly	Cactus	during	2021.	The	
Other	intangible	assets	balance	of	£0.8	million	(FY22:	£0.8	
million)	is	comprised	of	purchased	IPR,	trade	names	and	
capitalised development costs. The Group expenses the 
majority	of	its	R&D	costs	and	capitalised	just	£0.2	million	in	
the	year	(FY22:	£0.2	million).	The	amortisation	related	to	non-
acquisition	related	goodwill	amounted	to	£0.3	million	(FY22:	
£0.3	million).

Property	plant	and	equipment	fell	to	£0.6	million	(FY22:	£4.2	
million)	following	the	decision	to	sell	the	freehold	property,	
as	described	below.

Trade	debtors	were	£4.9m	(FY22:	£25.0m)	and	of	that	amount,	
£4.8m	had	been	received	by	the	end	of	June.	Credit	risk	is	not	
a	major	risk	for	the	Group	and	bad	debt	write-offs	during	the	
year were nil (FY22: nil).

Trade	creditors	decreased	to	£0.6	million	(FY22:	£0.8	million);	
this was due to normal operating cycles. The Group seeks 
to pay all suppliers within terms and the supplier payment 
days	at	the	year-end	were	14	days	(FY22:	25	days).	Deferred	
revenue	decreased	to	£9.6	million	(FY22:	£14.2	million).

The	cash	balance	at	the	year-end	was	£17.2	million	 
(FY22:	£11.4	million).

37

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Cash flow and funds
The Group generated net cash from operating activities of 
£13.7	million	(FY22:	net	cash	used	£0.7	million)	primarily	due	
to movements in working capital from the delayed payment 
of	debtors	at	the	last	year	end.

Financing	activities	in	the	year	were	£7.8	million	(FY22:	£1.5	
million)	comprised	mainly	of	normal	dividends	paid	of	£1.2	
million	(FY22:	£1.1	million),	the	special	dividend	of	£5.0m	
(FY22:	nil)	and	a	net	purchase	of	own	shares	of	£1.5	million	
(FY22:	£0.4	million).

Investing	activities	resulted	in	an	outflow	of	£0.1	million	
(FY22:	outflow	of	£0.6	million).	With	higher	interest	rates	and	
a	healthy	cash	balance	net	interest	income	was	£337,000	
(FY22:	£1,000),	set	off	principally	against	capitalisation	of	
development	costs	of	£247,000	(FY22:	£242,000).

The	Group	continues	to	be	debt	free	and	maintains	a	robust	
financial	position.	The	healthy	cash	balance	is	important	
not	just	to	enable	the	Group	to	invest	in	future	growth	
as	appropriate,	but	also	to	counter	any	concerns	about	
vendor	risk	from	our	customers,	who	are	typically	large	
multinational	businesses.

Annual Recurring Revenue
We	define	ARR	as	the	annual	amount	of	recurring	revenue	
contracted	with	a	customer,	at	a	given	point	in	time.	As	a	
recognised	driver	of	shareholder	value	in	software	businesses	
we use this as one of our primary metrics.

Group	ARR	grew	by	£2.7m	to	£16.7	million	(FY22:	£14.0	
million) during the year. The current ARR is comprised of 
Licenses	of	£9.1	million	(FY22:	£6.3	million)	and	Support	and	
Maintenance	of	£7.6	million	(FY22:	£7.7	million).		A	major	
contributor	to	the	growth	was	the	conversion	of	existing	
Celebrus	Marketing	customers	under	perpetual	license	to	
term	licenses	with	ARR.	This	brings	most	of	our	customers	
to	a	term	license	basis	and	all	new	proposals	to	prospective	
customers	are	being	issued	as	term	licenses.

Of	the	growth	of	£2.7	million	during	the	year,	£1.8	million	is	
from	contract	wins	with	a	further	£0.9	million	arising	from	
exchange rate movements due to a large proportion of Group 
contracts	being	in	US	Dollars.

Acquisition of Prickly Cactus
In	August	2021,	the	Company	acquired	Prickly	Cactus	Limited	
(“Prickly	Cactus”),	a	UK	data	and	analytics	consultancy,	for	
up	to	£0.75	million,	to	help	deepen	our	relationships	with	
existing customers identifying opportunities for greater 
customer engagement and satisfaction as well as helping 
develop relationships with new customers and partners.

A	sum	of	£0.5	million	was	held	as	Deferred	Consideration	
in	the	Statement	of	Financial	Position	contingent	upon	the	
team’s	contribution	to	existing	customer	growth	and	the	
acquisition	of	new	customers	in	the	period	from	acquisition	
to	September	2023.	The	target	was	achieved	in	March	2023	
and	the	amount	was	paid	out	in	the	form	of	£0.25	million	in	
cash	and	£0.25	million	as	111,905	Ordinary	shares,	an	average	
price of 223.4p.

Investment into systems to support growth
The	investments	into	systems	for,	amongst	others,	sales	
and	marketing,	finance,	contract	management	and	HR	are	
providing the leadership team with increased information 
and	granularity	to	better	manage	the	business.	This	has	
allowed	us	to	better	allocate	resources,	amend	customer	
pricing and restructure our internal teams to create 
efficiencies	that	would	otherwise	not	have	been	possible.		

Property
With	the	move	to	hybrid	working	and	the	consequent	
reduced	utilisation	of	our	office	space	in	all	of	our	locations	
around	the	world,	during	the	year	our	freehold	property	in	
the	UK	was	placed	up	for	sale.	The	asset	has	therefore	been	
redefined	in	our	statement	of	financial	position	to	Assets	
held	for	sale	at	a	carrying	value	of	£3.0	million.	In	the	current	
economic	environment,	the	likely	proceeds	and	timing	of	
the	sale	are	uncertain.	Nevertheless,	the	UK	office	will	be	
relocated	to	a	lease	office	facility	in	the	second	half	of	the	
financial	year.	

Earnings per share
Basic	EPS	for	the	year	was	5.29p	(FY22:	4.21p)	and	diluted	
basic	EPS	was	5.18p	(FY22:	4.14p).	The	basic	figure	has	been	
calculated	using	the	weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	
issue	being	40,004,526	(FY22:	40,240,799)	and	the	diluted	
figure	using	40,830,043	(FY22:	40,966,020).

Adjusted	basic	EPS	was	7.90p	(FY22:	7.24p)	and	adjusted	
diluted	EPS	was	7.74p	(FY22:	7.11p)	following	adjustments	
for	amortisation,	share	based	payments,	exceptional	items,	
foreign exchange expense and tax on these adjustments.

Dividend
During	the	year,	as	well	as	ordinary	dividends	of	£1.2	million	
(FY22:	£1.1	million),	the	Company	paid	a	special	dividend	of	
12.5p	per	share	(FY22:	nil)	totaling	£5.0m.	

The	Board	is	today	proposing	a	final	dividend,	subject	to	
shareholder	approval	at	the	2023	AGM,	of	2.15p	per	share	
(FY22:	2.07p),	which	along	with	the	interim	dividend	paid	 
of	0.88p	per	share	(FY22:	0.85p)	in	January	2023	brings	the	 
full	year	dividend	to	3.03p	per	share	(FY22:	2.92p),	an	increase	
of	3.8%.	The	final	dividend	is	expected	to	be	paid	on	 
25 August 2023 to shareholders on the register as at the  
close	of	business	on	21	July	2023.

Purchase of own shares
During	the	year,	the	Company	undertook	a	share	buyback	
programme	to	acquire	ordinary	shares	of	2p	in	the	capital	
of	the	Company.	The	shares	will	be	held	for	the	purpose	of	
satisfying	future	obligations	in	relation	to	its	employees’	
or	other	share	schemes,	thereby	mitigating	dilution	for	
existing investors.

By	31	March	2023,	536,298	shares	had	been	acquired	at	an	
average price of 243.3p and following the issue of treasury 
shares to satisfy share option exercise and the deferred 
consideration	on	the	Prickly	Cactus	acquisition	this	brought	
the	number	of	shares	held	in	Treasury	to	608,765	 
(FY22:	224,932).	

Equity
At	the	year	end,	the	Group	had	£27.4	million	(FY22:	£31.9	
million)	attributable	to	the	shareholders	of	the	company.	
The decrease in the year was principally made up of retained 
earnings	in	the	year	of	£2.1	million	(FY22:	£1.7	million)	set	
off	against	dividends	paid	during	the	year	of	£6.2	million	
(FY22:	£1.1	million),	share	buybacks	of	£1.5	million	(FY22:	£0.4	
million)	with	the	balance	of	£1.2	million	(FY22:	£0.7	million)	
attributable	to	share	based	payments.

Ash Mehta
Chief Financial Officer
11 July 2023

This was a year 
of investing into 
building the 
sales pipeline, 
and ensuring the 
business is scalable 
and operating 
efficiently to execute 
the forthcoming 
growth.”

38

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Principal risks and uncertainties

Undertaking robust risk management

D4t4 faces the normal economic, 
commercial and political risks facing 
a global technology business with 
employees, customers and suppliers 
spread across the world.

To	manage	these	risks,	the	Group	has	a	Risk	Committee	with	
a	regular	and	detailed	process	to	address	the	identification	of	
new risks and monitor development of existing risks and their 
mitigation. This Committee comprises the Chief Technology 
Officer,	Chief	Financial	Officer,	the	Chief	Security	Officer,	
Director	of	Managed	Services	and	the	Manager	of	Information	
Security. Other employees of the Group are invited to 
Committee	meetings	as	required,	depending	upon	the	topic	
being	discussed.	Further	detail	on	the	structure,	remit	and	
reporting	of	the	Group’s	Risk	committee	is	explained	on	page	
47 of this Annual Report.

The	Board	is	confident	that	it	has	the	appropriate	people,	
processes	and	reporting	to	continue	to	manage	risks	effectively.

Principal risks
The	Group’s	principal	risks	are	identified	as	those	risks	which	
have the potential for the highest impact on the Group. The 
Board reviews the principal risks annually along with the 
mitigation measures in place.

Y
T
I
L
I
B
A
B
O
R
P

6

4

1

5

2

7

3

8

IMPACT

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Global	economy

Execution	and	scalability

Regulatory changes

Competition

Client or partner loss

Information	&	cyber	security

People

Foreign exchange losses

39

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

1. Global economy

2. Execution and scalability

3. Regulatory changes

4. Competition

Changes in the global economy can have an impact 
on the business. The rate of inflation has increased 
around the world, and this has implications for 
costs in our customers’ and prospective customers’ 
businesses. Consequently, they might be slower to 
commit to new projects or renew existing projects.

As the Group has a plan to accelerate Sales and 
Revenue growth, there are risks of not being able 
to achieve appropriate Sales levels, as well as the 
risk of not being able to deliver projects which 
are signed up. There is also the risk of the Group’s 
back-end infrastructure not being able to support 
the growth.

The Group is exposed to the risks of changing 
regulations for the collection of consumer data. 
Some of these changes may be positive, but 
others negative which could impact on D4t4’s 
performance and outlook.

New competitors or changes to existing 
competitors’ products can significantly alter the 
market dynamics, which in turn risks the position 
and standing that our own Intellectual Property has 
in the financial and consumer marketplace.

Change in risk

Change in risk

Change in risk

Change in risk

No change in risk level

No change in risk level

No change in risk level

No change in risk level

This is a present risk with inflation having an 
impact on customer’s profitability and willingness 
to contract for new products and services. It also 
potentially has an impact on the Group’s cost base 
resulting in lower profitability.

The plans for accelerated growth will require every 
department to function more effectively and this 
may cause growing pains, resulting in lower quality 
of execution and delivery.

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

The Group has and continues to monitor the 
market for price sensitivity amongst prospective 
customers. It is also engaging more closely with 
existing customers to demonstrate value for 
their spend on our products.  The Group will also 
engage with suppliers more closely to manage 
cost increases. 

The Group is further increasing the size and 
capability of its Sales and Marketing teams. It 
is also investing into internal systems to better 
manage and support the business. Finally, we have 
appointed a new Head of Professional Services 
during the year to scale up our delivery capabilities; 
we are also examining the possibility of appointing 
project delivery partners.

D4t4 closely monitors the markets in which it 
operates with enhanced collaboration with our 
clients, suppliers and partners. We then plan 
product, project or operational changes to ensure 
we are minimising the impact of changes. We 
follow proposed regulatory changes closely and 
where necessary adapt our processes and policies.

The Group continually scans the market 
for potential technology threats and has a 
development process in place to ensure its own 
technology continues to evolve to meet client 
needs. We are seeking to develop technology 
that cannot be easily disrupted, and which can be 
protected by patents.

40

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

5. Client or partner loss

6. Information and cyber security

7. People

8. Foreign exchange losses

The loss of a key client or significant sales partner 
would impact the ability of the Group to meet its 
key business objectives.

A significant IP, data loss, or security breach could 
impact the brand and reputation of the Group, as 
well as cause the Group to spend a great deal of 
time in rectifying the loss or breach.

A loss of or failure to attract key personnel could 
impact the ability of the Group to execute on its 
strategy, causing adverse reputational, operational 
and financial challenges.

Significant changes in foreign exchange rates can 
result in reduced profitability due to cash collection 
values not matching transaction values and an 
increased potential for currency losses in the 
income statement.

Change in risk

Change in risk

Change in risk

Change in risk

No change in risk level

No change in risk level

No change in risk level

No change in risk level

From our own assessments, along with 
industry and governmental publications it is 
clear that information and cybersecurity risk is 
growing worldwide.

This is an ongoing risk due to the global shortage of 
talent. This might make it more difficult to recruit 
and retain talent to support our growth plans.

The increased volatility in currency markets 
continues. As the Group reports in GBP but has a 
high proportion of revenues in USD, this could lead 
to financial losses on conversion of USD to GBP.

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

We continue to deepen relationships with existing 
partners, and bring on new partners thereby 
reducing the dependence on any single partner. 
Moreover, our efforts on building a direct sales 
channel will, over time, further reduce dependence 
on any individual partner.

During the year we appointed a Chief Security 
Officer to a new dedicated CSO role in the Group. 
This role is part of the Operations Board to ensure 
that security is high on the Group’s agenda. 
In addition, we are certified to ISO 27001 and 
operate an information security process that 
controls and minimises the risks. This process 
is externally assessed yearly. These risks are 
mitigated via existing and established information 
security controls. 

D4t4 is acknowledged as a great place to work, as 
shown in the employee survey conducted during 
the year. Our staff are engaged, motivated and 
enjoy working with market-leading software, and 
having responsibility they might not get in larger 
companies. We have also further enhanced our 
benefits package during the year to ensure we 
remain competitive on remuneration.

The tighter Treasury policy adopted by the Board 
last year is mitigating risk. Also, there is a monthly 
meeting to review and discuss cash flows, which 
covers foreign exchange exposure, as well as cash 
holdings, deposits, funding of subsidiaries, and 
trade debtor aging and bad debt risk.

41

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Board of Directors

The D4t4 Solutions’ 
Board of Directors 
comprises a non-
executive chairman, 
two executive 
directors and three 
independent non- 
executive directors

Commitee membership

A

N

Re

Ri

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Risk	sub-Committee

Chair of Committee

Non-Executive

Executive

Peter Simmonds
Non-executive chairman

Bill Bruno
Chief executive officer

Appointed
April 2015

Board committees

A

N Re

Appointed
August 2021

Board committees 

N

Ash Mehta
Chief financial officer

Appointed
September	2021

Board committees

Ri

Biography
Peter	was	CEO	of	dotDigital	Group	plc	
for	eight	years	and	a	major	contributor	
to their success prior to stepping down. 
Peter	is	FCCA	qualified	and	has	45	
years	business	experience	in	FMCG,	
insurance,	banking	and	software.	
He is also chairman of Gresham 
Technologies plc and was chairman 
of Cloudcall Group plc until its sale 
to	private	equity	in	January	2022.	
Peter	is	an	advocate	of	high	standards	
of	corporate	governance	in	public	
companies and was a deputy chair of 
the Quoted Company Alliance from 
2019	to	2022.

Biography
Bill	joined	D4t4	in	2018	as	the	VP	of	
North	America	and	became	CEO	in	
October	2021.	He	has	over	20	years	
of	experience	in	the	media,	data,	and	
analytics sectors and has a passion 
for fostering a culture of innovation 
while	working	with	brands	to	drive	
transformational	change.	Prior	to	D4t4,	
Bill spent many years as CEO (North 
America)	for	an	AIM	listed	company	
upon	leading	his	consulting	business	
through	a	successful	acquisition	by	that	
company in 2013.

Biography
Ash	is	an	experienced	public	company	
finance	director	having	previously	
served	on	the	boards	of	a	number	of	
AIM	and	full-list	businesses.	He	has	
also	held	senior	financial	roles	in	a	
variety	of	private	growth	companies,	
as	well	as	a	number	of	non-executive	
director	roles.	Ash	qualified	as	a	
chartered	accountant	with	KPMG	and	
has extensive experience in investor 
relations,	strategic	finance,	managing	
growth,	fundraisings,	and	M&A.

42

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Board of Directors
Non-executive directors

Monika Biddulph
Non-executive director

Peter Whiting
Non-executive director

Helen Gilder
Non-executive director

Appointed
December	2019

Board committees

A

N Re

Appointed
July 2018

Board committees

A

N Re

Appointed
April 2023

Board committees

A

N Re

Biography
Monika has a wide range of experience 
in	both	the	commercial	and	technical	
aspects of an international technology 
business.	In	over	twenty	years	at	ARM,	
Monika	held	various	General	Manager,	
IP	licensing	and	technical	roles	in	the	
business.	Currently	Monika	is	also	a	
non-executive	director	on	the	board	of	
Ilika	plc	and	AFC	Energy	plc.	She	was	
previously	NED	at	Linaro	Limited,	and	
holds	a	PhD	in	high-energy	particle	
physics from the ETH Zurich.

Biography
Over	a	30-year	career,	Peter	has	
gained	extensive	financial	and	
commercial experience. His core 
skills	are	centred	around	the	financial	
services and technology industries; 
he	has	the	proven	ability	to	quickly	
understand complex technologies and 
their applications and at the same 
time successfully developed strong 
interpersonal and management skills 
which	have	enabled	him	to	build	a	
technology-led	NED	portfolio.	He	is	
currently	chair	of	Kooth	plc	and	a	non-
executive	director	of	FDM	Group	plc.

Biography
Helen	brings	a	wealth	of	experience	
from	her	time	as	CFO	at	AIM-listed	
ZOO	Digital	Group	plc,	where	she	was	
part	of	the	team	taking	the	business	
from tech start up to success in the 
international entertainment industry. 
She	is	currently	NED	and	audit	
committee chair at Made Tech Group 
plc,	works	with	a	number	of	small	
private companies and is chair of a 
small charity helping families impacted 
by	autism.	Helen	qualified	with	the	
Institute	of	Chartered	Accountants	in	
England	and	Wales	in	1991.

Committee membership

Board tenure

A

N

Re

Ri

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Risk	sub-Committee

Chair of Committee

7-9	years:	1

4-6	years:	2

0-3	years:	3

Summary of skills

Strategy

Software	and	technology

Change management

Sales and marketing

Growth companies

Finance

Corporate transactions

HR,	legal	and	insurance

Risk management

43

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Chairman’s introduction to governance

Corporate governance for 
the next stage of growth

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to report on the corporate 
governance procedures undertaken by D4t4 for 
the financial year 2023, with a continuation of 
our increased reporting to provide stakeholders 
with greater visibility into the workings of the 
Board, its Committees and the Group overall.

Exceptions to the application of the QCA Code
The	QCA	Code	requires	the	Board	to	contain	the	necessary	mix	of	experience,	
skills,	personal	qualities	(including	gender	balance)	and	capabilities	to	deliver	
the	Group’s	strategy	over	the	medium	to	long	term.	We	believe	our	Board	
has	a	strong	mix	of	experience	as	evidenced	in	the	table	on	page	43.	In	the	
technology	industry	there	is	a	longstanding	gender	bias	which	is	changing	
slowly.	For	our	part,	we	have	women	in	key	roles	such	as	VP	Marketing,	Head	
of	Fraud,	Director	of	Finance,	Head	of	HR,	People	and	Culture,	Director	of	
Professional	Services	and	Head	of	Brand	Development.

By order of the Board

Peter Simmonds
Non-executive chairman
11 July 2023

The role of the Board in good governance and business success
The Board recognises the importance of high standards of corporate 
governance	for	delivering	long-term	success	to	the	Group	and	acknowledges	
its	role	in	setting	the	culture,	values	and	ethics	of	the	Group	(as	outlined	in	
Principle	8)	and	communicating	these	to	all	the	Group’s	stakeholders.	This	
requirement	is	set	out	formally	on	page	29.	The	Board	meets	regularly	to	
discuss the monitoring and promotion of a healthy corporate culture. The 
Chairman	has	ultimate	responsibility	for	corporate	governance	matters	and	
has overseen the preparation of this governance statement accordingly.

AIM	Rule	26	requires	all	AIM	companies	to	disclose	details	of	a	recognised	
corporate	governance	code	that	its	Board	of	Directors	has	decided	to	apply,	
how	the	Group	complies	with	that	code	and,	where	it	departs	from	its	chosen	
corporate	governance	code,	an	explanation	of	the	reasons	for	doing	so.

The	Board	believes	the	Quoted	Companies	Alliance	Corporate	Governance	
Code	2018	(‘QCA	Code’)	is	the	most	applicable	set	of	principles	for	governance	
considering	the	size,	resource	and	current	development	stage	the	Company	is	
in.	Board	discussions	are	conducted	openly	and	transparently,	which	creates	
an	environment	for	sustainable	and	robust	debate.	In	the	year,	the	Board	has	
constructively	and	proactively	challenged	management	on	Group	strategies,	
proposals,	operating	performance	and	key	decisions,	as	part	of	its	ongoing	work	
to assess and safeguard the position and prospects of the Group.

44

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance statement

Board operation
The	Board’s	principal	role	is	to	provide	effective	leadership	of	the	Group	
and	to	establish	and	align	the	Group’s	purpose,	strategy,	values	and	
culture.	It	is	responsible	to	shareholders	for	delivering	shareholder	value	
by	developing	the	overall	strategy	and	supporting	the	development	of	
the	direction	of	the	Group.	The	Board	is	also	responsible	for	overseeing	
the	Group’s	external	financial	and	other	reporting	and	for	ensuring	
that appropriate risk management and internal control systems are 
implemented and maintained.

The	Matters	Reserved	for	the	Board	document	(available	on	the	Group’s	
website)	specifies	certain	matters	which	must	come	to	the	Board	for	
formal	approval.	These	include	the	matters	listed	below.

•  strategy	and	long-term	objectives;
•  financial	statements,	dividend	payments	and	accounting	policies	 

and practices;

internal controls and risk management;

•  approval	of	the	Group	budget;
•  capital structure;
• 
•  acquisitions	and	disposals;
•  major capital expenditure;
• 

legal	(including	major	contracts),	health	and	safety	and	 
insurance issues;

•  approval	of	policies	adopted	by	the	Group;	and
•  board	structure	and	the	appointment	of	advisers.

However,	the	Board	delegates	certain	powers	to	its	Committees	allowing	
them	to	deal	with	those	matters	in	detail	and	report	back	to	the	Board	
with their considerations and outputs. The Board has three principal 
Committees:	the	Audit	Committee,	the	Remuneration	Committee	and	the	
Nomination	Committee.	Their	responsibilities	are	set	out	in	formal	terms	
of	reference	for	each	committee,	which	are	reviewed	annually	and	are	
available	on	the	Group’s	website.

Appropriate insurance cover is in place in respect of legal action against 
the	Directors.	The	Group	has	adopted	and	maintained	a	share	dealing	
code	for	Directors	and	employees	in	accordance	with	the	Market	Abuse	
Regulations.

Board and Committee papers are circulated approximately one week 
in	advance	of	meetings	to	enable	the	Board	to	review	and	consider	the	
materials provided.

The	Chair	ensures	that	input	is	sought	and	obtained	from	any	Director	
who	is	unable	to	attend	a	Board	meeting	and	provides	a	verbal	update	
following the meeting to complement the minutes. There is ongoing 
contact	between	the	chair,	executive	directors	and	non-executive	directors	
between	Board	meetings.

A	Board	calendar	is	prepared	on	an	annual	basis,	and	Operations	Board	
members	and	other	staff	are	regularly	invited	to	attend	to	present	an	
update	on	their	areas	of	the	business.	This	is	highly	valuable	in	providing	
further	detail	to	support	strategic	decisions.	In	addition,	the	Board	meets	
on	an	ad	hoc	basis	as	necessary	to	consider	specific	issues,	such	as	
potential	corporate	activity,	supported	by	detailed	Board	papers	circulated	
in advance analysing relevant aspects of the topic under discussion.

Audit Committee
The	committee	is	responsible	for	overseeing	the	Group’s	external	financial	
reporting	and	associated	announcements,	considering	risk	management,	
internal controls procedures and the work of the external and internal 
auditors. Full details of the work of the Committee are set out in the Audit 
Committee Report on page 55.

Nomination Committee
The	Nomination	Committee	is	responsible	for	leading	the	Board	
appointments	process	and	for	considering	the	size,	structure	and	
composition of the Board. Full details of the work of the Committee are set 
out in the Nomination Committee Report on page 56.

Remuneration Committee
The	main	role	of	the	remuneration	committee	is	to	set	the	company’s	
remuneration	policy,	determine	each	executive	director’s	total	individual	
remuneration	package	and	set	the	targets	for	performance-	related	pay,	
so	as	to	be	able	to	recruit,	retain	and	motivate	individuals	of	the	highest	
calibre.	The	details	of	the	Committee’s	work	are	set	out	on	pages	57	to	61.

The	Board	meets	as	often	as	necessary	to	discharge	its	duties	and	the	
number	of	Board	meetings	held	during	the	year,	together	with	the	
Directors’	attendance	records,	is	set	out	on	page	53.	Details	on	the	number	
of	Committee	meetings	held	during	the	year	together	with	the	Directors’	
attendance	records	can	be	found	on	page	53.

Board	meetings	are	held	in	person	at	the	Company’s	offices	in	Sunbury,	or	
by	video	conference.

The	Directors	have	access	to	the	advice	and	services	of	the	Company	
Secretary,	James	Thorne,	who	has	over	25	years’	experience,	and	is	
responsible	for	ensuring	that	the	Board	and	its	Committees’	procedures	
and	applicable	rules	and	regulations	are	met.	The	Directors	all	have	
access	to	the	Group’s	key	advisers.	If	required	in	the	performance	of	
their	duties,	Directors	may	take	independent	professional	advice	at	the	
Company’s	expense.

45

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance statement continued

Board roles and responsibilities
The	roles	of	the	Chair	and	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	are	separate	and	
defined	in	writing.	This	provides	a	clear	division	of	responsibilities	
between	the	running	of	the	Board	and	the	executive	responsibility	for	
running	the	business.	The	key	responsibilities	of	the	Chair,	the	Chief	
Executive	Officer	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	are	set	out	below:

The Chair’s responsibilities include:
•  chairing	the	Board,	the	Nomination	Committee	and	shareholder	

meetings (including the AGM);

•  providing	leadership	of	the	Board	and	ensuring	the	effectiveness	of	all	

aspects	of	the	Board’s	role;

•  providing	challenge	to	the	Executive	Directors	and	working	closely	

with	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	on	key	strategic	decisions;

•  maintaining a dialogue with major shareholders on governance and 

other	strategic	matters,	as	appropriate;

•  setting	the	Board	agenda	and	ensuring	all	Directors	have	the	
opportunity	to	maximise	their	contribution	to	the	Board	by	
encouraging	open	and	honest	debate	and	constructive	challenge	of	
the	Executive	Directors;	and

•  undertaking	the	periodic	evaluation	of	the	Board	and	the	Directors	

and	building	an	effective	Board.

The	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	are	responsible	for	
the	implementation	of	the	approved	strategic	and	financial	objectives	of	
the Group.

The Chief Executive Officer’s responsibilities include:
•  the	day-to-day	running	of	the	business,	accountable	for	the	Group’s	

financial	and	operational	performance;

•  developing and reviewing the Group strategy;
•  maintaining	close	contact	with	major	customers,	suppliers	

and shareholders;

•  chairing	the	Group	Operations	Board	to	direct	and	co-ordinate	
the	management	of	the	Group’s	business	generally,	including	
sales	and	marketing,	customer	delivery	and	satisfaction	and	
product development;

•  with	the	Chief	Financial	Officer,	approving	the	divisional	budgets;	and
•  monitoring the performance of senior managers.

The Chief Financial Officer responsibilities include:
•  supporting the Chief Executive in developing and implementing the 

Group strategy;

•  producing	the	annual	budget	and	long-term	strategic	and	

financial	plan;

•  analysing operations and performance to ensure maximisation of 

shareholder value over the long term;

•  ensuring	effective	financial	reporting,	processes	and	controls	are	

in place;
leading	the	finance,	HR	and	admin	function;

• 
•  monitoring	the	Group’s	principal	financial	risks,	and	safeguarding	its	

assets; and

•  overseeing	the	Company’s	relationships	with	the	investment	community.

The	non-executive	directors	provide	independent,	constructive	challenge	
and	insight	to	the	executive	team,	forming	an	integral	part	of	the	Board’s	
decision-making	process	together	with	the	monitoring	of	management	
and	business	performance.	The	non-executive	directors	play	a	key	role	
in	developing	and	reviewing	proposals	on	strategy,	actively	participating	
in the regular strategy forums. They strengthen governance through 
leading	and	participating	in	the	Board	Committees,	providing	a	wide	
range of experience and independence. This aids the Board in developing 
a	broader	understanding	and	in	evaluating	the	implications,	risks	and	
consequences	of	decisions.

Board effectiveness
The	Board	undertakes	a	periodic	assessment	of	its	effectiveness.	 
Further	information	is	shown	under	Principle	7	of	the	Corporate	
Governance statement.

Board composition and changes
The	Board	is	satisfied	that	the	size	of	the	Board	and	its	Committees	and	
the	balance	of	executive	and	non-executive	members	is	such	that	no	
individual	or	small	group	of	individuals	can	unduly	influence	its	decisions.

When	considering	Board	appointments,	a	wide	variety	of	factors	is	taken	
into	account,	including	the	balance	of	skills,	experience,	independence,	
knowledge	of	the	Group	and	diversity,	including	gender.

The	directors	have	a	broad	range	of	international	business	knowledge	
and	experience,	as	well	as	specific	skills	in	the	digital	technology,	growth	
companies,	finance,	corporate	transactions,	investor	relations,	and	risk	
management.	A	skills	matrix	reflecting	this	experience	is	included	in	the	
Directors’	biographies	on	page	43.

46

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance statement continued

KEY TOPICS CONSIDERED BY THE BOARD IN 2022/23

•  Review,	debate	and	challenge	of	the	corporate	strategy	

and plan

•  Presentations	on	from	each	member	of	the	Operational	
Board	on	matters	such	as	product	roadmap,	risks	and	
information	security,	sales	and	marketing	plans,	HR	strategy,	
financial	planning

•  Group	Business	Plan	and	Budget
•  Search	for	a	new	NED/Chair	of	Audit	Committee	and	a	new	

Chair of the Board.
Investor	engagement	and	analyst	coverage

• 
•  The	Group’s	cash	balance,	profitability,	investment	into	growth	

and dividend policy

•  Acquisition	opportunities
•  HR	presentation	on	an	all-employee	Company	survey
•  Sales presentation on the improvements to the sales approach
•  ESG	Reporting	and	Carbon	Footprint	Audit
•  Sale	of	the	Sunbury	office	and	the	move	to	a	new	

office	location

•  Risk	management	and	internal	controls,	including	a	robust	

assessment of the principal risks

•  Understanding	the	new	Finance	system	and	the	benefits	

arising from it

•  Financial	results	announcements,	presentations,	report	and	

accounts and market updates

•  Review	of	working	practices	and	a	move	to	hybrid	working
•  Review	of	employee	remuneration	and	the	impact	of	inflation

The	Board	sets	policies	and	seeks	and	obtains	on	an	ongoing	basis,	
both	directly	and	through	the	Audit	Committee,	assurance	regarding	the	
existence and operation of appropriate internal controls to mitigate key 
strategic,	financial,	operational,	compliance	and	reputational	risks.

The	Board	and	Audit	Committee	consider	any	significant	control	matters	
raised	in	reports	from	management	and	the	external	auditor,	and	they	
monitor the progress of remedial actions.

The	key	features	of	the	Group’s	overall	control	frameworks,	all	of	which	
were in place throughout the year and up to the date of approval of this 
report,	are	set	out	below:

•  delegated limits of authority in place;
•  an	appropriate	finance	function	across	the	Group	with	suitably	

qualified	and	experienced	professionals;

•  segregation	of	duties,	authorisation	limits	and	other	key	internal	

controls	are	designed	into	both	system-based	and	manual	processes;

•  a	comprehensive	monthly	financial	and	operational	performance	
reporting	system	which	covers,	amongst	other	things,	operating	
results,	cash	flow,	balance	sheet	information,	forecasts	and	
comparisons	against	budgets;

•  a	risk	committee	meeting	on	a	regular	basis	to	review	and	monitor	

risk and mitigating controls across the Group; and

•  regular	updates	to	the	Board	from	management	on	insurance,	
litigation,	human	resources,	sustainability	and	health	and	
safety matters. 

Group Operations Board
The	day-to-day	operations	of	the	Group	are	run	by	the	Group	Operations	
Board. This meets weekly and now comprises the following roles;

•  Chief	Executive	Officer.
•  Chief	Financial	Officer.
•  Chief	Technical	Officer.
•  Chief	Security	Officer.
•  Director	of	Managed	Services.
•  Director	of	Professional	Services.
•  Director	of	Partnerships.
•  Head of HR.
•  VP	–	Marketing.
•  VP	–	Global	Sales.

Risk management
Key	risks	and	uncertainties	affecting	the	business	are	regularly	assessed	
and updated. The Board challenges management to ensure appropriate 
risk	mitigation	measures	are	in	place.	An	outline	of	the	Group’s	key	risks	
and	uncertainties	is	shown	on	pages	39	to	41.

In	light	of	the	new	and	emerging	risks	or	uncertainties	arising	from	the	
Group’s	strategic	growth	plans	and	the	wider	economic,	political	and	
market	conditions,	a	rolling	risk	review	process	has	been	implemented	
which	seeks	to	ensure	that	risks	are	constantly	monitored,	assessed	and	
quantified,	so	that	action	may	be	prioritised	by	the	Board	accordingly.	This	
process	is	undertaken	by	the	Risk	Committee	which	reports	to	the	Board	
on	a	regular	basis.

Internal control
The	Board	has	ultimate	responsibility	for	the	Group’s	internal	control	
arrangements	and	for	reviewing	their	effectiveness,	which	guide	and	
direct	the	Group’s	activities	to	support	delivery	of	its	strategic,	financial,	
operational	and	other	objectives	and	safeguard	shareholders’	investment	
and	the	Group’s	assets.	The	Board	recognises	that	a	system	of	internal	
control	reduces,	but	cannot	eliminate,	the	likelihood	and	impact	of	poor	
judgement	in	decision-making,	human	error,	deliberate	circumvention	
of	control	processes	by	employees	and	others,	management	override	of	
controls	and	the	occurrence	of	unforeseeable	circumstances.

47

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance statement continued

These	arrangements	are	reviewed	periodically	by	management	to	ensure	
they remain appropriate.

The	Group	has	extensive	internal	quality	assurance	processes	in	
critical	areas	of	the	business	and	there	are	functions	within	the	Group	
that	provide	assurance	and	advice	covering	specialist	areas,	such	as	
information security.

The	Group’s	businesses	hold	an	ISO	certifications	for	ISO	27001:	
Information	Security	across	its	UK,	US	and	India	locations.	The	Group	
continues to review and make improvements to the implementation of 
these standards.

Financial planning and monitoring
The	Group	sets	annual	budgets,	which	are	subject	to	Board	approval.	
Financial	information,	including	actual	performance	versus	budget	and	
expected	future	performance,	is	provided	to	all	Board	members	as	part	of	
the Board papers. The monthly reporting cycle includes a rolling forecast.

The key policies and documented procedures in place include:

•  Group delegated authority limits;
•  Group treasury policy;
•  Group share dealing code;
•  Group	anti-bribery	and	corruption	policy;
•  Group	human	resource	and	staff	welfare	policies;
•  Group	health,	safety	and	environmental	policies;
•  Group	code	of	ethics	and	standards	of	business	conduct;
•  Group data governance policy;
•  Group information security policy;
•  Group	anti-fraud	policy;	and
•  Group	whistleblowing	policy.

The	Group	whistleblowing	procedures	include	a	confidential	reporting	
hotline	operated	by	an	external,	independent	service	provider.	The	policy	
and	reporting	hotline	continue	to	be	internally	promoted.	All	employees	
are	required	to	acknowledge	that	they	have	read	and	understood	the	
policy and procedures.

Directors’ responsibilities
A	statement	of	the	Directors’	responsibilities	in	respect	of	the	accounts	is	
set out on page 64 of the Annual Report.

Stakeholder engagement
The Board continues to engage with stakeholders and welcomes ongoing 
dialogue throughout the year. Further information is contained in our 
Stakeholder Engagement Report on pages 24 to 28.

Conflicts of interest
Directors	have	a	legal	duty	to	avoid	conflicts	of	interest.	Prior	to	
appointment,	conflicts	of	interest	are	disclosed	and	assessed	to	ensure	
that there are no matters which would prevent that person from taking on 
the	appointment.	Disclosure	of	Directors’	interests	is	a	standing	item	on	
the	Board	meeting	agenda	and	any	new	interests,	whether	conflicting	or	
not,	are	disclosed	during	that	item.

If	any	potential	conflict	arises	subsequently,	the	Articles	of	Association	
permit	the	Board	to	authorise	the	conflict,	subject	to	such	conditions	or	
limitations	as	the	Board	may	determine.	In	situations	where	a	potential	
conflict	arises,	the	Director	concerned	will	not	be	permitted	to	remain	
present	in	any	meeting	or	discussion	concerning	that	conflict,	and	all	
material	in	relation	to	that	matter	will	be	restricted,	including	Board	
papers and minutes.

48

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Application of the QCA Corporate Governance Code

This	section	describes	how	D4t4	Solutions	plc	has	applied	and	complied	
with the main and supporting principles of the QCA Corporate Governance 
Code (2018).

In	last	year’s	Statement	of	Corporate	Governance	there	was	one	area	where	
the Group was not fully compliant with the ten key principles of the QCA 
Code.	This	has	been	addressed	as	far	as	possible	during	the	year,	and	is	
shown	below	followed	by	a	review	of	each	of	the	principles	in	turn.

No	significant	corporate	governance	matters	arose	during	the	period	
covered	by	the	Annual	Report	2023,	nor	subsequently	to	the	date	of	this	
statement,	on	which	it	was	considered	necessary	for	the	Board	or	any	of	its	
Committees to seek external advice. The Board consults with its Nominated 
Adviser and other professional advisers on routine matters arising in the 
ordinary	course	of	its	business.

The	following	table	summarises	one	specific	area	within	the	principles	
where	the	Board	considers	that	the	Group	did	not	fully	comply,	or	may	be	
perceived	as	not	fully	complying,	with	the	QCA	Code,	throughout	the	year.

Principle 6 – Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities

Application

Exceptions and explanations

The	Board	should	contain	the	necessary	mix	of	experience,	
skills,	personal	qualities	(including	gender	balance)	
and	capabilities	to	deliver	the	Group’s	strategy	over	the	
medium to long term.

During	the	year,	the	male	to	female	ratio	on	the	Board	was	4:1	and	there	were	no	
female	Executive	Directors.	We	believe	that	this	reflects	a	strong	gender	bias	in	
the	technology	industry	as	a	whole,	and	the	Board	remains	confident	both	that	
the	opportunities	in	the	Group	are	not	excluded	or	limited	by	any	diversity	issues	
(including gender) and that the Board nevertheless contains the necessary mix of 
experience,	skills	and	other	personal	qualities	and	capabilities	necessary	to	deliver	
its strategy. 

Since	the	year	end,	we	have	appointed	Helen	Gilder	to	the	Board	as	a	non-executive	
director,	following	an	extensive	process	described	in	the	Nominations	Committee	
Report on page 56.

The	male	to	female	ratio	is	better	reflected	amongst	the	leadership	team	where	we	
have	women	in	key	roles	such	as	VP	Marketing,	Head	of	Fraud,	Director	of	Finance,	
Head	of	HR,	People	and	Culture,	Director	of	Professional	Services	and	Head	of	 
Brand	Development.

49

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Application of the QCA Corporate Governance Code continued

The Principles of the QCA Code

Principle 1 – Establish a strategy and business model which 
promote long-term value for shareholders
The	Board’s	shared	view	of	the	Group’s	purpose,	business	model,	
opportunities	and	strategy,	and	the	values	underpinning	them,	are	
detailed in the Strategic Report within pages 1 to 41 of the Annual Report 
as follows:

•  “Our	products	and	services”	(pages	4-5)	explains	what	D4t4	Solutions’	

services and products are.

•  “Our	strategy”	(pages	16-17)	describes	how	D4t4	Solutions	seeks	to	

transform	the	business	to	create	shareholder	value.

•  “Strategy	in	action”	(pages	18-20)	illustrates,	with	case	studies,	how	
our	customers	use	and	benefit	from	our	products	and	services.

The	Group’s	approach	to	delivering	long-term	value	for	shareholders	
is	addressed	in	the	Business	Model	on	pages	14	to	15.	Pages	39	to	41	
(“Principal	risks	and	uncertainties”)	detail	the	key	risks	faced	by	the	
business	and	how	these	continue	to	be	addressed.	Pages	29	to	34	describe	
how	we	are	embedding	ESG	into	our	business.

Principle 2 – Seek to understand and meet shareholder 
needs and expectations
Relations with shareholders and dialogue with institutional shareholders.

The	Board	as	a	whole	is	responsible	for	ensuring	that	a	dialogue	is	
maintained	with	shareholders	based	on	the	mutual	understanding	of	
objectives.	Members	of	the	Board	meet	with	major	shareholders	on	a	
regular	basis,	including	presentations	after	the	Group’s	announcement	of	
the	year-end	results	and	at	the	half	year.	In	addition	to	regulatory	news	
announcements	the	Directors	publish	the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts,	
the	annual	results	presentation,	the	half	year	results	and	announcements	
on	new	contract	wins	as	they	arise.	They	also	broadcast	a	video	
presentation	and	Q&A,	which	is	also	available	on	the	Company	website.	

In	the	period	from	1	April	2022	to	the	date	of	this	Corporate	Governance	
Statement,	the	following	activities	and	events	with	stakeholders	have	
been	arranged	with	the	view	to:

•  communicate	the	Group’s	business	model,	strategy	and	values;
•  provide	financial	updates	and	explanations	sought	by	shareholders;	

and

•  engage with shareholders to fully understand their needs and 

expectations.

Date

July 2022

Description of engagement

Group Participants

Notes

Final results roadshow

B	Bruno,	A	Mehta

August 2022

AGM

Directors

December	2022

Interim	results	roadshow

B	Bruno,	A	Mehta

December	2022

Capital	Markets	Day

Various

Shareholder	&	potential	 
shareholder meeting

B	Bruno,	A	Mehta

B	Bruno,	A	Mehta

Shareholders were invited to attend the  
AGM and later in the day to join an online  
Q&A	session

The Board is kept informed of the views of shareholders and other 
stakeholders at each monthly Board meeting through a report from the 
Chief	Financial	Officer	together	with	formal	feedback	on	shareholders’	
views	gathered	and	supplied	by	the	Group’s	advisers.	The	views	of	
private	and	smaller	shareholders,	typically	arising	from	the	AGM	or	from	
direct	contact	with	the	Group,	are	also	communicated	to	the	Board	on	a	
regular	basis.

The	Chairman,	P	Simmonds,	is	available	to	shareholders	if	they	have	
concerns where contact through the normal channel of Chief Executive 
Officer	or	Chief	Financial	Officer	has	failed	to	resolve	or	for	which	such	
contact	is	inappropriate.	P	Simmonds	can	be	contacted	through	the	UK	
head	office	contact	information	shown	on	our	website.

Constructive use of the AGM
The Board uses the AGM to communicate with private and institutional 
investors	and	welcomes	their	participation;	all	members	of	the	Board	are	
usually present at the AGM.

Capital Markets Day
In	December	2022,	we	held	a	Capital	Markets	Day	alongside	the	release	of	
our interim results. This was a good opportunity for our Executive team 
to	meet	with	shareholders	and	vice	versa.	It	was	also	an	opportunity	to	
present	our	VP	–	Global	Sales,	Mark	Krebs,	to	investors	to	talk	about	the	
sales approach and how we are reducing the length of the sales cycle. 
Our	Chief	Technology	Officer,	Ant	Philipps,	then	presented	the	new	CDI	
for	Salesforce	offering,	followed	by	a	marketing	overview	from	Bill	Bruno.	
Finally,	the	Chief	Data	Officer	of	one	of	our	Celebrus	customers	talked	
about	the	impact	of	Celebrus	on	their	retail	business.	A	recording	of	the	
day	is	available	on	our	website.

At	all	investor	meetings,	shareholders	are	asked	to	confirm	that	their	
questions	have	been	successfully	answered.	At	the	year	end	and	
interim	presentations	to	shareholders,	the	Group’s	Nominated	Advisor	
consults	with	attendees	for	feedback	to	ensure	that	future	presentations	
encapsulate	their	requirements	where	possible.

50

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Application of the QCA Corporate Governance Code continued

Principle 3 – Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long-term success

Stakeholders

Reason for engagement

How we engage

Staff

Our	ability	to	provide	an	industry-leading	software	
and	services	business	is	dependent	upon	good	
communications within our organisation.

Clients	&	
Partners

Understanding	current	and	emerging	requirements	
of	clients	enables	us	to	develop	new	and	enhanced	
services,	together	with	software	to	support	the	 
fulfilment	of	those	services.

Suppliers

Our relationships with our suppliers are key to the 
core	success	of	our	business.

Shareholders

As	a	public	company	it	is	vital	that	we	build	
relationships with our shareholders so that we  
can	both	inform	them	of	our	successes	and	listen	 
to their guidance.

Industry	
bodies

Information	security	is	fundamental	to	our	business,	
clients,	partners,	suppliers	and	associated	data	
subjects	and	so	we	ensure	that	our	policies	and	
procedures provide a cohesive approach to this 
important area.

Communities We	consider	that	it	is	important	to	be	a	business	that	

Environment

makes	a	positive	contribution	to	local	economies	
and is attractive as an employer and partner.

Irrespective	of	our	status	as	a	public	company,	it	is	
part	of	our	ethos	to	conduct	business	operations	
that minimise any adverse impact on the climate 
these may have.

We	have	identified	our	internal	values	in	order	to	recruit	and	maintain	talented	and	motivated	staff.	These	values	form	the	basis	of	all	communications	which	
are	sought	through	internal	appraisals	and	regular	cross-functional	meetings.
There	are	also	regular	opportunities	for	the	staff	to	engage	with	other	parts	of	the	organisation	and	recognise	the	successes	of	others.	Examples	include	staff	
brunches	and	bi-monthly	Group-wide	“Town	Hall”	meetings,	which	are	held	to	provide	staff	with	an	operational	and	sales	update	on	what	is	happening	within	
the	business	and	ask	any	questions	they	may	have	of	any	of	the	leadership	team.
The	HR	system	we	launched	last	year	has	facilitated	more	effective	employee	engagement	and	communication	across	our	various	locations.	This	is	
particularly	important	post-Covid	with	hybrid	working.	Moreover,	during	the	year	we	conducted	an	all-employee	survey	which	has	assisted	us	in	focusing	on	
key improvement areas.

We	have	account	managers	and	account	directors	whose	primary	responsibility	is	to	engage	with	our	clients	and	partners	to	understand	and	develop	our	
products	and	services	so	that	we	can	work	with	them	to	exceed	their	requirements.
We	seek	formal	and	informal	feedback	on	product	roadmap	and	enhancements	via	our	support	offering	and	annual	user	group	meetings.

We	treat	all	suppliers	with	respect	and	care,	building	long-term	collaborative	relationships	and	where	possible	working	within	the	local	community,	 
and	ensuring	ongoing	communication	so	that	feedback	can	be	received	and	acted	upon.	We	seek	to	ensure	that	supplier	invoices	are	processed	and	paid	
promptly.

This is achieved in several ways:
•  Regulatory news releases.
• 
Investor	relations	section	of	the	Group’s	website.
•  Annual	and	half-year	reports	and	presentations.
•  AGM.
•  Capital	Markets	Day	and	Technology	demo	events.
Our	intention	is	to	engage	with	our	shareholders	to	inform	them	of	our	successes	and	to	listen	to	the	question	and	comments.	This	feedback	is	usually	
received at the AGM and the investor presentations.

We	have	an	established	information	security	management	system	which	encompasses	independently	audited	ISO27001	and	PCI	DSS	controls,	industry	
best	practices,	as	well	as	latest	regulatory	requirements	including	General	Data	Protection	Regulations	(GDPR)	and	the	UK	Data	Protection	Act	(2018).	Our	
experienced	Information	Security	Committee	ensure	that	governance,	risk	and	compliance	is	actively	managed	and	that	our	policies	and	procedures	evolve	to	
meet	ongoing	requirements.

We	look	to	recruit	locally	experienced	staff	and	through	the	local	universities,	in	all	of	our	locations.	We	employ	local	suppliers	where	possible,	and	throughout	
the	year	we	encourage	staff	to	identify	charities	that	they	have	an	affiliation	with	for	the	Group	as	a	whole	to	support.	Further	information	is	available	in	the	
ESG	Report	on	pages	29	to	36.

We	endeavour	to	use	technology	wherever	possible	such	that	meetings	with	both	internal	and	external	stakeholders	can	be	held	online,	thus	reducing	the	
need	for	travel.	This	further	extends	to	allowing	employees	to	work	at	home,	further	reducing	commuting	costs	on	both	economic	 
and	environmental	grounds.	In	addition,	our	HQ	at	Sunbury	uses	the	latest	standards	in	insulation,	lighting,	heating	and	energy	waste	reduction	and	is	now	
fully	powered	using	renewable	resources.	During	the	year	we	reappointed	an	external	consultancy	to	conduct	a	carbon	audit.	 
Further	details	are	given	in	the	ESG	Report	on	pages	29	to	36.

51

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Application of the QCA Corporate Governance Code continued

Principle 4 – Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and threats, throughout 
the organisation
The	Board’s	risk	management	controls	and	mitigation	strategies	are	
described	in	the	Annual	Report	on	pages	39	to	41	(“Principal	risks	and	
uncertainties”)	and	pages	47	to	49	outline	the	control	environment	the	
Board	has	put	in	place	–	as	per	Principles	8	and	9	of	the	QCA	Code	–	to	
promote	a	corporate	culture	based	on	ethical	values	and	behaviours	and	
to	maintain	governance	structures	and	processes	that	are	fit	for	purpose	
and	support	good	decision-making	by	the	Board.

The	Directors	and	management	have	a	clear	responsibility	for	identifying	
risks	facing	each	of	the	businesses	and	for	putting	in	place	procedures	
to mitigate and monitor risks. To this end the Company has a Risk 
sub-Committee	appointed	by,	and	reporting	directly	to,	the	Board.	Its	
membership	includes	the	Chief	Technology	Officer,	the	Chief	Financial	
Officer,	and	the	Chief	Security	Officer;	other	members	of	the	Company	are	
seconded	to	the	Committee	as	required.

The	remit	of	the	Committee	is	to	examine	the	vulnerability	of	the	Group	
to	all	types	of	risk,	the	mitigation	of	such	risks,	maintain	the	risk	register	to	
properly	reflect	this	and	to	report	back	to	the	Board	with	any	changes	in,	
or	new	areas	of,	vulnerability	to	risks	and	recommendations	for	mitigation.	

The	Risk	Committee	meets	every	two	months,	or	more	often	as	required,	
and on each occasion reviews two areas of the corporate risk register in 
detail	to	assess	the	vulnerability	of	the	Group	to	risks	under	consideration	
and how to mitigate such risks. Employees from the relevant areas of the 
business	are	invited	to	help	provide	a	more	informed	opinion	of	which	
risks	are	key	and	how	they	can	be	managed.	The	Committee	reports	
back	to	the	Board	with	any	changes	in,	or	new	areas	of,	vulnerability	to	
risks	and	recommendations	for	mitigation.	The	global	pandemic	is	an	
example of an occasion when the Risk Committee has convened more 
frequently	in	order	to	review	the	register	for	any	changes	to	the	level	of	risk	
due to the pandemic and the emergence of any new issues which may 
require	mitigation.

Principle 5 – Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the Chair
Composition
Directors’	biographies	are	shown	both	in	this	Annual	Report	and	on	
the	Group’s	website.	The	Board	currently	comprises	the	non-executive	
chairman,	two	executive	directors	and	a	further	three	non-executive	
directors.	At	the	date	of	this	Corporate	Governance	Statement,	all	of	the	
non-executive	directors	are	considered	to	be	independent.	The	Board	
does not consider it necessary to appoint an independent director to 
a	formal	“senior	independent	director”	role.	All	directors	are	subject	to	
election	by	shareholders	at	the	first	AGM	immediately	following	their	
appointment	and	thereafter	are	subject	to	re-election	at	intervals	of	no	
more	than	three	years.	All	non-executive	directors	are	appointed	for	fixed	
terms	in	line	with	corporate	governance	requirements,	although	any	non-
executive	director	whose	independence	may	be	called	into	question	is	
subject	to	re-election	annually.	Both	of	the	executive	directors	are	full-time	
employees of the Group.

Operation of the Board
The	Board	is	responsible	to	shareholders	for	the	proper	management	
of	the	Group.	A	statement	of	the	Directors’	responsibilities	in	respect	of	
the	financial	statements	is	set	out	on	page	64	and	a	statement	of	going	
concern	is	given	on	page	74.	The	Board	meets	at	least	eleven	times	a	year,	
and	more	often	if	required.

Other	matters	are	delegated	to	the	Executive	Directors,	supported	by	
policies	for	reporting	to	the	Board.	Presentations	are	made	to	the	main	
Board	at	each	monthly	meeting	by	the	Executive	Directors	and	also	on	
regular	occasions	by	operational	management.

The	Company	Secretary	is	responsible	for	ensuring	that	Board	procedures	
are	followed,	and	that	applicable	rules	and	regulations	are	complied	with	
and for advising on corporate governance matters. The Group maintains 
appropriate insurance cover in respect of any legal action against the 
Group’s	Directors	and	the	Company	Secretary,	but	no	cover	exists	if	a	
Director	is	found	to	have	acted	fraudulently	or	dishonestly.

The	Non-Executive	Chairman	and	Non-Executive	Directors	are	able	to	
meet without Executives present prior to each Board meeting. The agenda 
and	relevant	briefing	papers	are	distributed	in	advance	of	each	
Board meeting.

When	Directors	have	concerns	which	cannot	be	resolved	about	the	
running	of	the	Group	or	a	proposed	action,	these	concerns	are	recorded	
in	Board	minutes.	Upon	resignation,	a	Non-Executive	Director	is	asked	to	
provide a written statement to the Chairman for circulation to the Board if 
there are any such concerns.

Commitment
All	Directors	are	expected	to	attend	the	monthly	meeting	of	the	full	Board,	
or	to	make	themselves	available	to	join	the	meeting	by	telephone	or	
online,	and	to	attend	all	meetings	of	any	Committee(s)	of	which	they	
are	members.	In	addition,	the	Directors	are	expected	to	attend	strategy	
and	business	planning	meetings	each	year.	The	Non-Executive	Directors	
are	expected	to	make	themselves	available	at	all	reasonable	times	for	
consultation	by	other	members	of	the	Board.

Prior	to	each	monthly	Board	meeting	the	Directors	receive	a	detailed	pack	
which includes:

•  Board meeting agenda;
•  minutes	from	previous	Board	meeting,	and	outstanding	actions	items;
•  Board	pack	which	includes	financial	information	and	an	operations	

update	on	each	part	of	the	business;	and

•  papers	as	required	for	additional	items	requiring	Board	attention.

52

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Application of the QCA Corporate Governance Code continued

Meetings and attendance
The	following	table	summarises	the	number	of	Board,	Audit	Committee,	
Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee meetings held 
during	the	period	covered	by	the	Annual	Report	2023	and	the	attendance	
record	of	individual	Directors	at	those	meetings:	The	Board	met	monthly	
as	in	prior	years	but	also	had	additional	ad	hoc	meetings	to	discuss	
other matters.

Principle 6 – Ensure that between them the Directors 
have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities
The	Annual	Report	2023	includes,	on	pages	42	to	43,	biographies	of	the	
current	Board	of	Directors,	with	details	of	their	experience	including	a	
skills	matrix.	The	range	of	skills	at	the	Board	is	also	considered	by	the	
Nomination	Committee	in	its	assessment	of	Board	requirements.

PA	Simmonds

PF	Whiting

M Biddulph

B Bruno

A Mehta

Board

16/16

16/16

16/16

17/17

17/17

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination

2/2

2/2

2/2

–1

–1

4/4

4/4

4/4

–

–

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

–2

1	

	Regular	attendees	of	meetings	of	the	Audit	Committee	included	the	CEO,	CFO	and	the	 
Company’s	auditors.

2  The CFO was an attendee of meetings of the Nomination Committee.

All	Directors	are	expected	to	keep	their	skills	up	to	date,	and	it	is	Board	
policy	that	Executive	Directors	receive	suitable	ongoing	training	for	their	
position.	The	Chairman	ensures	that	all	Directors	update	their	skills	and	
knowledge	required	to	fulfil	their	roles	on	the	Board	and	Committees.	
Ongoing training is provided as necessary and includes updates from the 
Company	Secretary	and	Nominated	Adviser	on	changes	to	the	AIM	rules,	
requirements	under	the	Companies	Act	and	other	regulatory	matters.	
Directors	may	consult	with	the	Company	Secretary	or	Nominated	Adviser	
at any time on matters related to their role on the Board.

External advice
No	significant	matters	of	a	corporate	governance	nature	arose	during	the	
period	covered	by	the	Annual	Report	2023	nor	subsequently	to	the	date	
of this statement on which it was considered necessary for the Board or 
any	of	its	Committees	to	seek	external	advice.	The	Board	consults,	on	an	
ongoing	basis,	with	its	Nominated	Adviser	and	other	professional	advisers	
on	routine	matters	arising	in	the	ordinary	course	of	its	business.

Principle 7 – Evaluate Board performance based on clear 
and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement
The	Board	periodically	reviews	the	its	own	effectiveness,	as	well	as	that	of	
its	Committees	and	individual	Directors	in	the	following	manner:

(i)	

(ii)	

	The	role	of	the	Committees	is	considered	by	the	Executive	Directors	
without	the	presence	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors.

	The	Chairman	and	CEO	examine	the	contribution	and	effectiveness	of	
the	individual	Directors	with	regard	to	their	line	role	and	contribution	
at Board meetings.

(iii)	 	The	whole	Board	examines	its	purpose	and	effectiveness	with	regard	

to	identified	key	areas.

(iv)	 	The	whole	Board	considers	its	structure,	size	and	composition	

with	particular	regard	to	the	skills,	knowledge	and	experience	of	its	
members	and	otherwise	as	advised	by	the	Nomination	Committee.

In	addition,	a	formal	Board	effectiveness	evaluation	process	is	conducted	
biannually.	The	process	involves	all	Directors	completing	a	detailed	
individual	evaluation	of	Board	performance,	which	covers	effectiveness	
in	several	areas	including	Board	composition,	Board	information,	Board	
process,	internal	control	and	risk	management,	Board	accountability,	
CEO/Senior	management	and	Standards	of	conduct.

The	results	of	these	biennial	evaluations	are	interpreted	by	an	
independent	Non-Executive	Director,	with	support	from	the	Chairman,	
and	outputs	plus	any	associated	recommendations	are	reviewed	by	the	
Board	as	a	whole,	with	progress	on	any	actions	arising	monitored	at	the	
monthly Board meetings.

The	next	evaluation	will	be	carried	out	in	the	autumn	of	2023	by	Helen	
Gilder	and	presented	to	the	Board	soon	after.	

As	the	business	expands	and	as	part	of	succession	planning,	the	Executive	
Directors	have	been	challenged	to	identify	potential	internal	candidates	
who could potentially occupy Board positions and set out development 
plans for these individuals and these are in progress.

53

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Application of the QCA Corporate Governance Code continued

Principle 8 – Promote a corporate culture that is based on 
ethical values and behaviours
Our	long-term	growth	strategy	incorporates	our	objectives	and	the	
business	model	set	out	in	the	Strategic	Report.	The	culture	of	the	Group	
is	characterised	by	values	which	are	communicated	regularly	to	staff	
through internal communications and forums. These core values are also 
communicated	to	prospective	employees	in	the	Group’s	recruitment	
programmes	and	are	further	embedded	within	the	induction	process.	
The	Board	believes	that	a	culture	that	is	based	on	the	core	values	is	a	
competitive	advantage	and	consistent	with	fulfilment	of	the	Group’s	
mission	and	execution	of	its	strategy.	The	Board	believes	that	the	
Executive	Directors	represent	these	values	and	convey	them	effectively	
throughout the organisation.

Ethical business practices
The	Group	is	committed	to	corporate	sustainability	and	to	applying	the	
highest	standards	of	ethical	conduct	and	integrity	to	its	business	activities	
in	the	UK	and	overseas.	The	Group	does	not	tolerate	any	form	of	bribery:	
the	Directors	and	senior	management	are	committed	to	implementing	
and	enforcing	effective	systems	throughout	the	organisation	to	prevent	
bribery	in	accordance	with	its	obligations	under	the	Bribery	Act	2010.

Principle 9 – Maintain governance structures and processes 
that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making 
by the Board
Roles and responsibilities of Directors
The	Annual	Report	2023	includes,	on	page	46,	descriptions	of	the	
individual	roles	and	responsibilities	of	the	Chairman,	Chief	Executive	
Officer	and	other	Directors.

The Board and its Committee composition
The	Board	currently	comprises	the	non-executive	chairman,	two	
executive	directors	and	a	further	three	non-executive	directors.	The	roles	
of	chairman	and	chief	executive	officer	are	distinct,	set	out	in	writing	and	
agreed	by	the	Board.	The	chairman	is	responsible	for	the	effectiveness	of	
the	Board	and	ensuring	communication	with	shareholders,	and	the	chief	
executive	officer	is	accountable	for	the	management	of	the	Group.	Non-
executive directors constructively challenge and assist in the development 
of strategy. They scrutinise the performance of management in meeting 
agreed	goals	and	objectives	and	monitor	the	reporting	of	performance.	
The	Board	has	not	appointed	a	Senior	Independent	non-executive	
director.	The	Company	Secretary	is	J	Thorne,	a	solicitor	of	over	25	years	
standing,	who	was	appointed	to	the	role	in	2017.	He	is	not	a	director	of	
the Group.

To	deal	with	specific	aspects	of	the	Group’s	affairs,	the	Board	has	formed	
certain	Committees.	Each	of	these	Committees	is	governed	by	terms	of	
reference	available	on	the	Company	website.	Details	of	the	membership,	
roles,	responsibilities	and	activities	of	the	Audit,	Remuneration	and	
Nomination	Committees	are	described	in	more	detail	in	the	individual	
Committee reports commencing on page 55 of the Annual Report 2023. 
The Chair of each Committee reports to the Board on the activities of 
that Committee.

Evolution of governance framework
In	2018	the	QCA	Code	was	formally	selected	as	the	appropriate	recognised	
corporate	governance	code	to	be	applied	for	the	purposes	of	AIM	Rule	
26.	The	Board	monitors	the	requirements	of	this	code	on	an	annual	
basis	and	revises	its	governance	framework	as	appropriate	as	the	Group	
evolves.	As	part	of	ongoing	governance	efforts,	the	Group	decided	last	
year	that	an	additional	sub-Committee	should	be	formed	to	focus	on	ESG	
(environmental,	social	&	governance).	This	sub-Committee	comprises	
M	Biddulph,	A	Mehta	and	a	number	of	staff	members.	The	Committee	
was	predominantly	formed	to	focus	on	the	Group’s	environmental	and	
social	initiatives,	as	governance	is	clearly	a	focus	of	the	whole	Board	and	
all Committees. As the Group continues to grow the Board fully recognises 
both	the	importance	and	the	need	for	the	governance	framework	to	
continue to evolve.

Principle 10 – Communicate how the Group is governed and 
is performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders 
and other relevant stakeholders
A range of forums exist at which the functioning of the Group is critically 
appraised and where opportunities exist for stakeholders to challenge 
management	and	hold	them	to	account	for	the	Group’s	performance.

Board Committees
A	description	of	the	work	of	the	Board’s	Committees	in	the	financial	year	
to	31	March	2023,	including	a	report	from	each	of	the	Audit,	Remuneration	
and	Nomination	Committees,	is	set	out	on	pages	55	to	61	of	the	Annual	
Report 2023.

Votes at General Meetings
All	resolutions	put	to	the	AGM	held	on	3	August	2022	were	passed	by	
majorities	of	not	less	than	90%	of	the	votes	cast.	The	most	recent	results	
for	the	Group,	together	with	Annual	Reports	for	the	preceding	years	and	
notices	of	all	General	Meetings,	can	be	found	on	the	Group’s	website.

54

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Report of the audit committee

Reviewing of financial 
performance and controls

Dear Shareholder
I	am	pleased	to	present	the	report	of	the	Audit	Committee	for	the	year	
ended 31 March 2023.

The	Audit	Committee	comprises	three	Non-Executive	Directors	of	the	
Company,	all	of	whom	served	for	the	entirety	of	the	year.	By	invitation,	
the	meetings	are	also	attended	by	the	CEO	and	CFO	of	the	Company.	The	
Audit	Committee	includes	one	financially	qualified	member	as	recognised	
by	the	Consultative	Committee	of	Accountancy	Bodies,	but	all	Audit	
Committee	members	are	expected	to	be	financially	literate.

The	Committee	is	chaired	by	myself	and	met	twice	during	the	year	under	
review.	It	operates	under	formal	terms	of	reference,	which	are	available	
on	our	website.

Following	the	year	end,	in	April	2023,	we	appointed	Helen	Gilder	to	the	
role	of	non-executive	director.	Helen	assumed	the	role	as	chair	from	the	
recent	Audit	Committee	meeting	on	22	June	2023.	I	shall	step	down	from	
this	role	ahead	of	retiring	as	Chairman	and	leaving	the	Board	before	the	
end	of	the	new	financial	year.

The	Audit	Committee	is	responsible	for	reviewing	a	wide	range	of	
financial	matters	including	ensuring	that	the	financial	performance	of	
the	Group	is	adequately	measured	and	controlled,	correctly	represented,	
reported	to	and	understood	by	the	Board.

Committee members

• 

• 

• 

• 

Peter Simmonds (Outgoing Chair)

Helen Gilder (Incoming Chair)

Monika Biddulph

Peter Whiting

The Audit Committee advises the Board on the appointment of external 
auditors	and	on	their	remuneration	and	independence,	both	for	audit	
and	non-audit	work,	and	discusses	the	nature	and	scope	of	their	
audit.	If	required,	the	Audit	Committee	meets	the	auditors	at	least	
once	a	year	without	any	Executive	Directors	present.	To	ensure	auditor	
independence,	consideration	is	given	to	their	integrity	and	the	objective	
approach	of	the	audit	process.	The	use	of	non-audit	services	is	not	
considered	to	be	significant	and	amounts	paid	in	respect	of	these	are	
disclosed in note 6.

I’d	like	to	thank	Haysmacintyre	for	their	work	as	our	auditors.	This	was	
their second year as auditor and the process has worked smoothly 
again.	When	we	appointed	them	last	year	the	Committee	was	very	
impressed with the account team and their approach. Their experience 
acting	for	a	number	of	public	companies,	both	fully	listed	and	AIM,	with	
a	strong	presence	in	the	technology	sector	has	been	a	valuable	asset	to	
the Group. 

The Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that 
Haysmacintyre	LLP	is	reappointed	at	the	forthcoming	AGM.

I	am	satisfied	that	the	Committee	has	satisfactorily	discharged	its	duties	
in the year in accordance with its terms of reference.

Peter Simmonds
Outgoing Chair of the Audit Committee
11 July 2023

Key issues considered during the recent audit

Revenue 
recognition

Carrying 
value 
of goodwill

Management 
override of 
controls

Valuation of 
share options

This is a key issue in all audits due to historic 
misstatement	by	companies	over	the	years.	
The	Committee	reviews	the	Group’s	revenue	
recognition policies to ensure they are compliant 
with current accounting standards and applied 
consistently.

The	Committee	monitors	the	intangible	
carrying value in the Group for any indications 
of impairment and undertakes impairment test 
calculations to support decisions to not impair 
goodwill.

This is the risk of misappropriation of assets 
and	the	risks	of	misrepresentation	of	financial	
information,	in	particular	in	relation	to	revenue	
and	associated	asset	and	liability	accounts.

The Committee receives updates on internal 
controls and any instances of management override.

This is the risk of incorrect pricing of share options 
vesting	under	market	conditions,	non-market	
conditions	and	LTIP	schemes,	and	hence	an	
incorrect	charge	being	made	to	the	income	
statement. This is a complex area and so the 
Group appointed the Valuations department of 
Evelyn	Partners	LLP	to	value	the	share	options	
under	a	Black-	Scholes	and	a	Monte	Carlo	basis.

Capitalisation 
of 
development 
costs

This is the risk of incorrect capitalisation of research 
and development costs which do not fall in line 
with	IAS	38.	The	Committee	reviewed	the	basis	and	
assumptions for the capitalisation.

Migration 
to a new 
accounting 
system

This is the risk of incorrect accounting due to 
errors in the migration of accounting data from 
the previous accounting system to Oracle Netsuite 
which	went	live	in	October	2022.	

The Committee reviewed the reports from the 
Finance	team,	and	the	work	undertaken	by	the	
auditors to gain assurance that the migration had 
been	performed	satisfactorily.

55

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Report of the nomination committee

A focus on  
succession planning

In relation to succession planning, the Nomination 
Committee keeps under review, and takes appropriate 
action to ensure, orderly succession for appointments to the 
Board and to senior management, thereby maintaining an 
appropriate balance of skills and experience within the Group 
and on the Board. The change outlined above has enabled 
the Committee to begin its consideration to appoint a new 
Chairman due to Peter Simmonds tenure reaching nine years 
in April 2024. The process has commenced and we anticipate 
an appointment later this year with Peter stepping down after 
a transition period.

With regards to non-executive director appointments, the 
Committee considers, amongst other factors, their other 
outside commitments prior to making recommendations. 
This is designed to ensure that they have sufficient time to 
meet what is expected of them and the Board keeps any 
changes to these commitments under review.

The Board’s policy is to ensure that all appointments are 
merit-based and based on clear and objective criteria, 
giving due regard to equality of opportunity, and to promote 
inclusion and diversity. The Board notes that achieving 
diversity in the technology sector is challenging, having 
regard to the available pool of individuals with the right skills, 
experience and talent. 

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the Nomination 
Committee for the year ended 31 March 2023.

The Nomination Committee comprises four directors: 
three non-executives directors (myself, Peter Simmonds 
and Peter Whiting) and one executive director, Bill Bruno. 
In the performance of its duties, the Committee held four 
meetings in the year. The principal activity of the Nomination 
Committee in the year was succession planning and 
Board composition. 

The Nomination Committee considered the Board 
composition and the balance between non-executive and 
executive directors as well as the mix of skills amongst the 
independent non-executive directors. After a thorough 
review, the Board has decided to split the roles of Company 
chair and audit chair and appoint an additional non-
executive director to the Board, who will also be the chair of 
the Audit Committee. 

Therefore, I’m delighted to report that in April 2023, following 
a thorough selection process, Helen Gilder was appointed 
to the D4t4 Solutions Board as an additional non-executive 
director, and audit chair, succeeding Peter Simmonds as chair 
of the Audit Committee. 

Helen is an experienced non-executive director and audit 
chair, with a strong track record in fast-growth digital 
technology companies on AIM. She currently sits on the 
board of Made Tech Group plc where she also chairs the 
audit committee, and was formerly CFO of ZOO Digital Group 
plc. She is a Chartered Accountant and also member of the 
Yorkshire Regional Advisory Group of the London Stock 
Exchange and advises a number of growth businesses. We are 
very pleased to have Helen on board and look forward to her 
contribution to the success of the Group.

Given the size of the Board and the Group, the Nomination 
Committee does not currently set any measurable objectives 
for implementing a diversity policy, but it acknowledges 
the role of the Board in promoting diversity, including 
gender diversity, throughout the Group. Currently there are 
two female members of the Board, representing 33% of 
Board membership.

I am satisfied that the Nomination Committee has satisfactorily 
discharged its duties in the year in accordance with its terms of 
reference, which are reviewed on an annual basis.

Committee members

•  Monika Biddulph (Chair)

•  Bill Bruno

•  Peter Simmonds

•  Peter Whiting

•  Helen Gilder

Monika Biddulph
Chair of the Nomination Committee
11 July 2023

56

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Report of the remuneration committee

Determining executive  
remuneration

Dear Shareholder
I	am	pleased	to	introduce	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	
for the year ended 31 March 2023.

The Committee has consisted throughout the entire year 
of	three	Non-Executive	Directors:	Peter	Simmonds,	Monika	
Biddulph and me.

The	Committee’s	terms	of	reference	require	it	to	meet	
not less than once each year. The Committee met four 
times	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2023.	It	is	responsible	
for reviewing and determining the policy of the Group on 
executive	remuneration	including	specific	remuneration	
packages	for	each	of	the	Executive	members	of	the	Board,	
pension rights and compensation payments. The Committee 
is	also	responsible	for	monitoring	compliance	with	the	
implementation	by	the	Group	of	the	legal	requirements	
and,	so	far	as	reasonably	practical,	recommendations	and	
guidelines	relating	to	Directors’	remuneration.

None	of	the	Committee	has	any	personal	financial	interest	
(other	than	as	shareholders	or	as	noted	in	the	Directors’	
report),	conflicts	of	interests	arising	from	cross-directorships	
or	day-to-day	involvement	in	running	the	business.	The	
Committee makes recommendations to the Board. No 
Director	plays	any	part	in	any	discussion	about	his	or	her	
own remuneration.

For	the	financial	year	to	31	March	2023,	the	Remuneration	
Committee has continued to operate a remuneration 
structure	made	up	of	basic	salary,	pensions	and	benefits,	
annual	performance-related	bonuses,	and	a	long-term	
incentive	plan	(LTIP).	As	in	prior	years,	a	significant	proportion	
of	executive	remuneration	has	been	based	on	performance,	
designed	to	align	executive	pay	with	shareholder	interests.	In	
this	respect,	the	Committee	has	assessed	the	performance	of	
Executive	Directors	for	the	year	reported	against	the	targets	
set	a	year	ago,	set	performance	targets	for	the	following	
financial	year	and	made	recommendations	to	the	Board	on	
the	overall	packages	for	the	Executive	Directors.

The	Committee	believes	that	a	combination	of	Total	
Shareholder Return (TSR) and Annual Recurring Revenue 
provides an optimal alignment with shareholders over the 
medium	term,	and	these	remain	the	basis	of	the	vesting	
criteria	of	the	LTIP	grants	made	during	the	year.

We	pay	particular	attention	to	ensure	that	the	package	
offered	to	each	executive	director	is	appropriate	to	the	nature	
and	complexity	of	the	specific	role,	and	aligned	with	the	
wider	recruitment	market,	and	we	encourage	the	building-
up	of	meaningful	shareholdings	in	the	Group.	We	also	set	
personal	objectives	for	each	of	the	executive	directors	linked	
to	Group	objectives,	both	short	term	and	long	term,	including	
ESG	objectives.

I	am	satisfied	that	the	Committee	has	appropriately	discharged	
its	duties	in	the	year	in	accordance	with	its	responsibilities	and	
encourage	you	to	read	the	Directors	Remuneration	Report	on	
the following pages.

Peter Whiting
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
11 July 2023

Committee members

•  Peter Whiting (Chair)

•  Peter Simmonds

•  Monika Biddulph

•  Helen Gilder

57

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ remuneration report

This report complies with the requirements of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports)  
Regulations 2008 as amended in 2013, the provisions of the QCA Corporate Governance Code 2018 and the Listing Rules.

The report is in two sections:
•  the	Directors’	remuneration	policy	which	sets	out	the	Group’s	current	policy	on	remuneration	for	Executive	and	Non-Executive	Directors;	and
•  the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report.	This	section	sets	out	details	of	how	the	remuneration	policy	was	implemented	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2023.

Directors’ remuneration policy
Executive	remuneration	packages	are	prudently	designed	to	attract,	motivate	and	retain	Directors	of	the	high	calibre	needed	to	maintain	the	Company’s	position	as	a	market	leader	and	to	reward	them	for	enhancing	value	
to	shareholders.	The	performance	measurement	of	the	Executive	Directors	and	key	members	of	senior	management,	and	the	determination	of	their	annual	remuneration	package	are	undertaken	by	the	Committee.	The	
remuneration	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors	is	determined	by	the	Board	within	limits	set	out	in	the	Articles	of	Association.

The	Company’s	policy	is	that	a	substantial	proportion	of	the	potential	remuneration	of	the	Executive	Directors	should	be	performance	related.	The	performance	criteria	set	should	motivate	the	Executive	Directors	to	create	value	
for the shareholders.

There	are	five	main	elements	of	the	remuneration	package	for	Executive	Directors	and	senior	management:

Element of remuneration

Link to Group strategy

Operation

Framework

Base salary

Benefits

Ensures that the Company can recruit and 
retain	high-quality	Executives	to	deliver	on	
the Company strategy in the interest of the 
shareholders.

Ensures that the Company can recruit and 
retain	high-quality	Executives	to	deliver	
on the Company strategy in the interest of 
the shareholders.

Base salary is paid monthly and reviewed 
annually,	with	any	increases	applying	from	
1 April.

An	Executive	Director’s	salary	is	determined	by	the	Remuneration	Committee	in	March	of	each	
year	and	when	an	individual	changes	position	or	responsibility.	In	deciding	appropriate	levels,	
the	Remuneration	Committee	considers	the	Company	as	a	whole	and	relies	on	objective	
research	which	gives	up	to	date	information	on	a	comparable	group	of	companies.

Benefits	principally	comprise	private	
healthcare and death in service insurance.

In	relation	to	health	care	and	death	in	service	benefits,	premiums	are	paid	by	the	Company	
to	an	external	broker	to	arrange	cover,	in	line	with	other	Group	employees.	These	benefits	are	
standard for all Group employees.

Annual	bonus

Rewards and incentivises the Executive 
Directors	for	achievement	of	strategic	
objectives.

The Committee sets annual performance 
targets,	linked	to	strategic	objectives
and risk management. Bonus payments in 
respect	of	a	year	are	made	annually	after	
release	of	audited	results,	or	later	if	any	
element is deferred.

The	Company	offers	company	cars/car	allowances	to	a	number	of	employees	across	
the organisation.

The	Remuneration	Committee	sets	bonus	plans	for	Executive	Directors	based	upon	achieving	a	
number	of	pre-defined	growth	targets	including	ARR	and	Adjusted	Profit	before	tax.

58

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Element of remuneration

Link to Group strategy

Operation

Framework

Share	option	plan	(LTIP)

Aligns the interests of the Executive 
Directors	with	the	interest	of	the	long	term	
shareholders.

Pension

Ensures that the Company can recruit and 
retain	high-quality	executives	to	deliver	
on the Group strategy in the interest of the 
shareholders.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion 
to make option grants to executive directors 
and	other	staff,	subject	to	the	scheme	rules,	
and to determine appropriate performance 
conditions.

Pension	contributions	are	made	by	the	
Company	to	a	defined	contribution	scheme	
operated	by	third-party	providers.

Chairman	and	Non-	
Executive	Director	fees

Ensures that the Group can recruit and retain 
a	highquality	chairman	and	non-executive	
directors to deliver on the Group strategy in 
the interest of the shareholders.

Fees	for	Non-Executive	Directors	are	set	
by	the	Board	(excluding	non-	executive	
directors). Fees are paid monthly 
or	quarterly.

The	share	option	plans	are	subject	to	rules	and	limits	approved	by	shareholders	in	general	
meeting.	Any	exercise	is	subject	to	satisfaction	of	the	specified	performance	conditions.

Executive	Directors	are	members	of	the	Company	Money	Purchase	pension	scheme.
To	the	extent	that	contributions	to	the	Company	scheme	are	restricted	by	HMRC	limits,	the	
Company	contributes	6%	of	the	Director’s	salary	providing	the	director	contributes	a	minimum	
of	4%	of	their	salary	by	way	of	salary	sacrifice.	There	are	no	unfunded	pension	promises	or	
similar	arrangements	for	Directors.	There	were	two	directors	in	the	scheme	(2022:	3).

A	basic	fee	is	set	for	normal	duties,	commensurate	with	fees	paid	for	similar	roles	in	other	similar	
companies,	taking	account	of	the	time	commitment,	responsibilities,	and	committee	position(s).

Supplementary	fees	are	paid	for	any	additional	duties	at	fixed	day	rates.	Non-executive	directors	
are	not	eligible	for	pensions,	incentives,	bonus	or	any	similar	payments	other	than	normal	out-
of-pocket	expenses	incurred	on	behalf	of	the	business.

Compensation	for	loss	of	office	is	not	payable	to	non-executive	directors.

Remuneration policy considerations

Recruitment
The	Company’s	Nomination	Committee	is	responsible	for	leading	the	
process for Board appointments and making recommendations to the 
Board. Refer to the report of the Nomination Committee for details.

Loss of office payments
In	the	event	of	early	termination,	all	of	the	directors’	contracts	provide	
for	compensation	up	to	a	maximum	of	basic	salary	plus	benefits	for	
the notice period.

Wider staff employment conditions
The Remuneration Committee considers pay and employment 
conditions	for	other	senior	executives	and	staff	members	of	the	Group	
when	designing	and	setting	executive	remuneration.	Underpinning	
all	pay	is	an	intention	to	be	fair	to	all	staff	of	the	Group,	taking	into	
account	the	individual’s	seniority	and	local	market	practices.

Consultation with shareholders
The Remuneration Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue 
with	shareholders	and	seeks	the	views	of	significant	shareholders	when	
any	major	changes	are	being	made	to	remuneration	arrangements.	
The	Committee	takes	into	account	the	views	of	significant	shareholders	
when formulating and implementing the policy.

Consultation with employees
The Board and the Remuneration Committee did not consult with 
employees when formulating and implementing the policy.

Service contracts and letters of appointment
It	is	the	Company’s	policy	that	executive	directors	should	have	contracts	
with	an	indefinite	term	providing	for	a	maximum	of	one	year’s	notice.

Executive Directors
Bill	Bruno	has	a	Directors’	service	agreement	dated	27	August	2021	
which	can	be	terminated	on	six	months’	notice.	Ash	Mehta	has	a	
directors’	service	agreement	dated	12	May	2021	which	can	be	terminated	
on	three	months’	notice.

Non-Executive Directors
P	Simmonds,	P	Whiting	and	M	Biddulph	each	have	an	agreement	for	
12	months.	The	fees	of	the	non-executive	directors	are	determined	and	
confirmed	by	the	full	Board	excluding	(in	each	case)	the	non-executive	
director concerned.

Policy on Director shareholdings
The	Company	has	no	policy	on	Director	shareholdings.

Outside appointments
Executive directors are entitled to accept appointments outside the 
Company	providing	that	the	chairman’s	permission	is	sought	and	fees 	
in	excess	of	£20,000	from	all	such	appointments	are	accounted	for	to 	
the Company.

59

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Aggregate Directors’ remuneration
The	total	amounts	for	Directors’	remuneration	were	as	follows:

Single figure for the total remuneration (audited)

Emoluments	(Fees/basic	salary,	
benefits	and	annual	bonus)

Money purchase pension 
contributions

IFRS	2	share-based	payment	charge

Employer’s	National	Insurance

Total

£000

2023

653

26

679

469

58

1,206

2022

1,232

39

1,271

537

129

1,937

31 March 2023

Executives

Bill Bruno (appointed 27 August 2021)
Ash	Mehta	(appointed	1	September	2021)
Peter	Kear	(resigned	31	March	2022)
Mark Boxall (resigned 30 June 2021)
Jim	Dodkins	(resigned	30	June	2021)
Charlie	Irvine	(resigned	28	April	2021)

Non-Executives

Peter	Simmonds
Peter	Whiting
Monika Biddulph

Total

Fees/basic
salary
£000

Benefits

Bonus

Sub-total

Pension

£000

£000

£000

£000

291
180
–
–
–
–

75
49
49

644

5
4
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

9

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

296
184
–
–
–
–

75
49
49

653

15
11
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

26

Total
2023
£000

311
195
–
–
–
–

75
49
49

679

Total
2022
£000

431
238
320
50
55
13

69
48
47

1,271

Remuneration of highest paid Director

Remuneration
Company	contributions	to	money	purchase	pension	schemes

2023

296
15

311

2022

422
9

431

Emoluments	for	the	highest	paid	Director	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2023	and	31	March	2022	are	included	in	the	table	above.	The	highest	paid	
Director	exercised	no	share	options	during	the	year	(2022:	nil).

60

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ share options

Aggregate	emoluments	disclosed	above	do	not	include	any	amounts	for	the	value	of	options	to	acquire	ordinary	shares	in	the	Company	granted	to	or	held	by	the	Directors.

Details	of	options	for	Directors	who	served	during	the	year	are	as	follows:

B Bruno

A Mehta

Type

Number at
31 March 2022

Number at
31 March 2023

Option price

Grant date

Exercisable from

Expiry date

1

2

3

2

4

2

3

2

4

54,000

66,185

49,638

–

–

58,290

49,638

–

–

54,000

66,185

49,638

121,065

40,921

58,290

49,638

55,102

17,770

2.0p

2.0p

2.0p

2.0p

2.0p

2.0p

2.0p

2.0p

2.0p

25 January 2021

10 August 2023

10	February	2024

28	October	2021

28	October	2024

15 March 2025

28	October	2021

28	October	2024

15 March 2025

26 August 2022

26 August 2025

10	February	2026

26 August 2022

26 August 2024

10	February	2026

28	October	2021

28	October	2024

28	October	2031

28	October	2021

28	October	2024

28	October	2031

26 August 2022

26 August 2025

26 August 2032

26 August 2022

26 August 2024

26 August 2032

The	awards	made	during	the	year	were	made	in	two	tranches,	as	set	out	
above	and	below,	under	the	terms	of	the	D4t4	Long	Term	Incentive	Plan	
(‘LTIP’).	

The	Type	1	award	represents	a	one-off	award,	without	performance	
conditions,	following	the	director’s	promotion	in	2021.

Type	2	awards	are	subject	to	the	satisfaction	over	the	three-year	period	
from	the	date	of	grant	of	specified	performance	conditions,	based	on	the	
Company’s	relative	Total	Shareholder	Return	(TSR)	in	respect	of	half	of	
the	award,	and	growth	in	Annual	Recurring	Revenue	(ARR)	in	respect	of	
the	other	half.	Vesting	criteria	have	been	set	as	follows:

•  15%	compound	growth	in	ARR	to	achieve	minimum	award	vesting,	
with	a	sliding	scale	above	this	level,	up	to	full	vesting	at	27.5%	
compound growth; and

•  TSR of no less than median performance against the selected 

benchmark	for	minimum	vesting,	with	a	sliding	scale	above	this	level,	
up	to	full	vesting	for	top-quartile	performance.

Type	3	represents	a	one-off	award,	without	performance	conditions,	
following	each	director’s	appointment	to	their	respective	roles	in	2021.

There	have	been	no	variations	to	the	terms	and	conditions	or	
performance	criteria	for	share	options	during	the	financial	year.

Type	4	awards	are	deferred	bonus	awards,	in	lieu	of	a	portion	of	the	
cash	award	relating	to	the	2021/22	Bonus	Plan.	Vesting	is	subject	to	
continued	employment,	and	as	a	‘Deferred	Bonus	Award’	is	therefore	
not	subject	to	performance	conditions.	These	awards	will	benefit	from	
dividend	equivalents	in	accordance	with	the	LTIP	Rules.	

P	Simmonds,	P	Whiting	and	M	Biddulph	who	served	during	the	year	did	
not hold any share options.

No	directors	(2022:	nil)	exercised	options	during	the	year.	No	director’s	
options lapsed during the year.

The market price of the shares at 31 March 2023 was 207.5p (31 March 
2022: 262.5p) and the range in the period under review was 207.5p 
to 273.0p.

Directors’	shareholdings	and	dividends	paid	to	Directors	are	disclosed	in	
the	Directors’	Report	on	page	62.

Advisers
The	Committee	receives	independent	advice	from	FIT	Remuneration	
Consultants	LLP	when	required.

Peter Whiting
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

61

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ report

The Directors present their Annual Report and 
the audited financial statements for the year 
ended 31 March 2023, which should be read in 
conjunction with the Strategic Report on pages 1 
to 41. The Corporate Governance Statement set 
out on pages 42 to 64 forms part of this report.

Incorporation
D4t4	Solutions	Plc	is	a	company	incorporated	in	the	United	Kingdom	
under	the	Companies	Act	1985.

Adoption of new Articles of Association
The	Articles	may	be	amended	by	special	resolution	of	the	shareholders.	

Directors and Directors’ interests
The	Directors	who	held	office	during	the	year	and	to	the	date	of	signing,	
unless	otherwise	stated,	were	as	follows:

B Bruno

A Mehta

P A Simmonds 

P Whiting

M Biddulph

H Gilder (appointed 24 April 2023)

At	the	AGM,	M	Biddulph	will	offer	herself	for	reappointment	in	
accordance	with	the	Articles.	Additionally,	H	Gilder	will	be	proposed	for	
reappointment,	having	been	appointed	a	Director	since	the	last	Annual	
General Meeting.

The	Directors	who	held	office	at	the	end	of	the	financial	year	had	the	
following interests in the ordinary shares of the Company as recorded in 
the	register	of	Directors’	share	and	debenture	interests:

B Bruno
A Mehta
P	A	Simmons
P	Whiting
M Biddulph

Interest at  
31 March 2023

Interest at  
31March 2022 

13,000
80,570
346,500
22,000
–

13,000
80,000
346,500
22,000
–

During	the	year	the	Directors	received	dividends	on	their	shares	at	the	
same	rate	as	any	other	shareholder.	Details	of	share	options	can	be	
found	on	pages	92	to	93.

With	regard	to	the	appointment	and	replacement	of	Directors,	the	
Company	is	governed	by	its	Articles	of	Association,	the	Companies	
Acts	and	related	legislation.	Such	appointments	are	overseen	by	the	
Nominations	Committee.	The	powers	of	Directors	are	described	in	the	
Main	Board	Terms	of	Reference,	copies	of	which	are	available	on	request,	
and in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 45 to 48.

In	accordance	with	our	Articles	of	Association	and	to	the	extent	
permitted	by	law,	Directors	are	granted	an	indemnity	from	the	Company	
in	respect	of	liability	incurred	as	a	result	of	their	office.	In	addition,	we	
maintained	a	Directors’	and	officers’	liability	insurance	policy	throughout	
the year. Neither our indemnity nor the insurance provides cover in the 
event	that	a	Director	is	proven	to	have	acted	dishonestly	or	fraudulently.

Capital structure
Under	its	Articles	of	Association,	the	Company	has	authority	to	issue	
50,000,000	ordinary	shares.	Details	of	the	authorised	and	issued	share	
capital,	together	with	details	of	the	movements	in	the	Company’s	issued	
share capital during the year are shown in note 23. The Company has 
one	class	of	ordinary	shares	which	carry	no	right	to	fixed	income.	Each	
share (other than own shares held in treasury) carries the right to one 
vote at general meetings of the Company and an entitlement to any 
dividend	announced	by	the	Board.

There	are	no	specific	restrictions	on	the	size	of	a	holding	nor	on	the	
transfer	of	shares,	which	are	both	governed	by	the	general	provisions	of	
the	Articles	of	Association	and	prevailing	legislation.	The	Directors	are	not	
aware	of	any	agreements	between	holders	of	the	Company’s	shares	that	
may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

No	person	has	any	special	rights	of	control	over	the	Company’s	share	
capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

There	are	a	number	of	agreements	that	take	effect,	alter	or	terminate	
upon a change of control of the Company such as commercial 
contracts,	and	property	leases	and	employees’	share	plans.	None	of	
these	are	considered	to	be	significant	in	terms	of	their	likely	impact	on	
the	business	of	the	Group	as	a	whole.	Furthermore,	the	Directors	are	
not	aware	of	any	agreements	between	the	Company	and	its	Directors	
or	employees	that	provide	for	compensation	for	loss	of	office	or	
employment	that	occurs	because	of	a	takeover	bid.

Substantial holdings
As	far	as	the	Directors	are	aware,	as	at	11July	2023,	the	only	holdings	of	
3%	or	more	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	were	the	following:	

Number of ordinary 
shares

Canaccord	Genuity	Wealth	Management
Ennismore Fund Management
Herald	Investment	Management
Investec	Wealth	&	Management
Chelverton Asset Management

6,745,944
3,550,816
2,974,800
2,816,511
2,065,000

%

16.99
8.92
7.40
7.01
5.14

Acquisition of the Company’s own shares
During	the	year,	the	Directors	had	authority,	under	the	shareholders’	
resolution	of	3	August	2022,	to	purchase	through	the	market	up	to	
4,016,251	of	the	Company’s	shares	at	a	maximum	price	of	105%	of	the	
average	middle	market	price	for	the	five	business	days	immediately	
preceding the date of purchase and a minimum price of 2p per share. 
This	authority	expires	at	the	AGM	to	be	held	on	9	August	2023.	536.298	
shares	were	purchased,	and	152,465	shares	were	sold	in	the	year	ending	
31	March	2023,	as	shown	in	note	24.

62

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ report continued

Treasury shares are ordinary 2p shares purchased in order to satisfy 
outstanding	share	option	obligations.	Sales	from	Treasury	shares	are	the	
shares issued to option holders on exercise of their options. The maximum 
number	of	own	shares	held	in	the	year	was	720,670	(2022:	224,932),	which	
represents	1.78%	(2022:	0.56%)	of	the	issued	share	capital.

Research and development
The Group has continued to attach a high priority to research and 
development throughout the year aimed at the development of new 
products and maintaining the technological excellence of existing 
products.

Share option schemes
The Company operates two share option schemes which are open to 
employees:	the	D4t4	Solutions	EMI	Share	Options	Scheme,	and	the	D4t4	
Long-Term	Incentive	Plan.	Details	of	the	share	options	are	laid	out	on	
page	92	within	note	28	to	the	accounts.

Dividends
The	Directors	recommend	a	final	dividend	of	2.15p	(2022:	2.07p)	per	
ordinary	share	to	be	paid	this	year.	The	directors	do	not	recommend	a	
special dividend this year (2022: 5.0p per ordinary share).

Employees
The	Group	has	a	policy	of	offering	equal	opportunities	to	employees	at	
all levels in respect of the conditions of work. Throughout the Group it is 
the	Board’s	intention	to	provide	employment	opportunities	and	training	
for	disabled	people	and	to	care	for	employees	who	become	disabled	
having	regard	to	aptitude	and	abilities.

Regular	consultation	and	meetings,	formal	or	otherwise,	are	held	with	all	
levels	of	employees	to	discuss	problems	and	opportunities.

System of risk management and internal control
The	Board	is	responsible	for	maintaining	a	risk	management	and	
internal	control	system	and	for	managing	principal	risks	faced	by	the	
Group. Such a system is designed to manage rather than eliminate 
business	risks	and	can	only	provide	reasonable	and	not	absolute	
assurance	against	material	mistreatment	or	loss.	In	accordance	with	the	
Companies	Act	s414	c(11)	information	in	relation	to	the	business	and	
risks is shown in the Strategic Report.

Treasury policy
The	Group’s	operations	are	funded	by	cash	reserves.	The	policy	of	the	
Group	is	to	ensure	that	all	cash	balances	earn	a	market	rate	of	interest.	
Bank	relationships	are	maintained	to	ensure	that	sufficient	cash	and	
unutilised	facilities	are	available	to	the	Group.	The	Group	also	has	
exposure	to	foreign	currency	rate	fluctuations	and	undertakes	hedging	
contracts to mitigate potential currency losses.

Financial instruments
The	Group’s	financial	risk	management	objectives	and	policies	are	
discussed	on	pages	94	to	97	within	note	31	to	the	accounts.

Branch operations
The	Group	has	branch	operations	located	in	Chennai,	India.

Political and charitable contributions
The	Group	made	no	political	contributions	during	the	year	(2022:	nil),	
and	charitable	donations	of	£382	(20221:	£625).

Sustainability
Information	about	the	Company’s	approach	to	sustainability	risks	and	
opportunities is set out on pages 30 to 31. Also included on these pages 
are details of our greenhouse gas emissions.

Auditor
In	accordance	with	Section	489	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	a	resolution	
for	the	reappointment	of	Haysmacintyre	LLP	as	the	auditor	of	the	
Company	is	to	be	proposed	at	the	forthcoming	Annual	General	Meeting.

Supplier payment policy
It	is	Company	policy	to	pay	all	claims	from	suppliers	according	to	agreed	
terms of payment upon receipt of a valid invoice which is materially 
correct. The Company does not follow a code on standard payment 
practice. At 31 March 2023 the Company had 17 days (FY22: 25 days) of 
outstanding	liabilities	to	creditors.

Disclosure of information to the Auditor
In	the	case	of	each	of	the	persons	who	are	Directors	of	the	Company	at	
the date when this report was approved:

•  so	far	as	each	of	the	Directors	are	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	audit	
information	(as	defined	in	the	Companies	Act	2006)	of	which	the	
Company’s	auditor	is	unaware;	and

•  each	of	the	Directors	has	taken	all	the	steps	that	he/she	ought	to	have	
taken	as	a	Director	to	make	himself/herself	aware	of	any	relevant	
audit	information	(as	defined)	and	to	establish	that	the	Company’s	
auditor is aware of that information.

This	confirmation	is	given	and	should	be	interpreted	in	accordance	with	
the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Future outlook
The	Group’s	future	outlook	and	opportunities	are	referred	to	in	the	Chief	
Executive’s	Statement	on	pages	9	to	11.

Going concern
The	Group’s	business	activities,	together	with	the	factors	likely	to	affect	
its	future	development,	performance	and	position	are	set	out	above	
and the risks and uncertainties summarised. The Group and Company 
has	sufficient	financial	resources	to	cover	budgeted	future	cash	flows	
and	has	contracts	in	place	with	customers	and	suppliers	across	different	
geographic	areas	and	industries.	As	a	consequence	of	these	factors,	the	
Directors	believe	that	the	Group	is	well	placed	to	manage	its	business	
risks successfully.

Having	reviewed	the	future	plans	and	projections	for	the	business,	
the	Directors	believe	that	the	Group	and	Company	and	its	subsidiary	
undertakings	have	adequate	resources	to	continue	in	operational	
existence	for	the	foreseeable	future.	For	this	reason,	they	continue	to	
adopt	the	going	concern	basis	in	preparing	the	financial	statements.

By order of the Board

Bill Bruno
Chief Executive Officer
11 July 2023

63

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	adequate	accounting	records	
that	are	sufficient	to	show	and	explain	the	Group’s	and	the	Company’s	
transactions	and	disclose	with	reasonable	accuracy	at	any	time	the	
financial	position	of	the	Group	and	the	Company	and	enable	them	to	
ensure	that	the	financial	statements	comply	with	the	requirements	of	
the	Companies	Act	2006.	They	are	also	responsible	for	safeguarding	the	
assets	of	the	Group	and	the	Company	and	hence	for	taking	reasonable	
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	maintenance	and	integrity	of	the	
corporate	and	financial	information	included	on	the	D4t4	Solutions	plc	
website.

Legislation	in	the	United	Kingdom	governing	the	preparation	and	
dissemination	of	financial	statements	may	differ	from	legislation	in	
other jurisdictions.

By order of the Board

Bill Bruno
Chief Executive Officer
11 July 2023

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report 
and the Financial Statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.
Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	Group	and	Company	
financial	statements	for	each	financial	year.	The	Directors	have	elected	
under	company	law	and	the	AIM	Rules	of	the	London	Stock	Exchange	to	
prepare	the	Group	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	international	
accounting	standards	in	conformity	with	the	requirements	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006	and	to	prepare	the	Company	financial	statements	
in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	applicable	law.

The	Group	and	Company	financial	statements	are	required	to	present	
fairly	the	financial	position	of	the	Group	and	the	Company	and	the	
financial	performance	of	the	Group.	The	Companies	Act	2006	provides	
in	relation	to	such	financial	statements	that	references	in	the	relevant	
part	of	that	Act	to	financial	statements	giving	a	true	and	fair	view	are	
references to their achieving a fair presentation.

Under	company	law	the	Directors	must	not	approve	the	financial	
statements	unless	they	are	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view	
of	the	state	of	affairs	of	the	Group	and	the	Company	and	of	the	profit	or	
loss of the Group for that period.

In	preparing	each	of	the	Group	and	Company	financial	statements,	the	
Directors	are	required	to:

a.	

b.	

c.	

d.	

	select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	then	apply	them	
consistently;

	make	judgements	and	accounting	estimates	that	are	reasonable	and	
 prudent;

	state	whether	they	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	
international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006;	and

	prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	going	concern	basis	unless	
it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the Company will 
continue	in	business.

64

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditor’s report 
to	the	members	of	D4t4	Solutions	plc

Opinion
We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	of	D4t4	Solutions	PLC	(the	‘company’)	and	its	subsidiaries	(the	
‘group’)	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2023	which	comprise	the	group	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	
the	group	statement	of	financial	position,	the	company	statement	of	financial	position,	the	consolidated	
statement of changing in equity, the company statement of changes in equity, the consolidated statement 
of	cash	flows	and	notes	to	the	financial	statements,	including	a	summary	of	significant	accounting	policies.	
The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	their	preparation	is	applicable	law	and	
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the United Kingdom.

In	our	opinion,	the	financial	statements:

•  give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	group’s	and	of	the	company’s	affairs	as	at	31	March	2023	and	of	

the	group’s	profit	for	the	year	then	ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the UK adopted international 

accounting standards; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) 
and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	section	of	our	report.	We	are	independent	of	the	
group	in	accordance	with	the	ethical	requirements	that	are	relevant	to	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	
in	the	UK,	including	the	FRC’s	Ethical	Standard	as	applied	to	listed	entities,	and	we	have	fulfilled	our	other	
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our	audit	scope	covered	all	the	Group’s	components	with	varying	levels	of	testing	based	on	the	significance	
of each component. We performed a scoping assessment of the Group at the planning stage and 
subsequently	updated	this	assessment	for	the	year-end	figures.	We	assessed	risk	of	material	misstatement	
for	each	of	these	components	and	determined	their	significance	based	on	the	overall	impact	to	the	
Group	financial	statements.	Our	assessment	incorporated	a	consideration	of	the	significance	of	revenue,	
expenditure,	and	balances	in	the	context	of	the	Group	financial	statements	Group	materiality.	We	also	
assessed each entity in relation to the risk of management override of controls.

At	March	2023,	the	Parent	Company	was	considered	to	be	constitute	a	significant	component	and	therefore	
subject to full testing with D4t4 Solutions Inc representing a material component and therefore targeted 
testing was performed.

The	remaining	entities	were	deemed	to	be	insignificant	to	the	Group	based	on	the	above	metrics	and	
therefore the audit work on these components has been limited to analytical review. This work has been 
performed by the Group audit team.

Our	Group	audit	scoping	ensures	we	have	attained	coverage	through	full-scope	and	specified	audit	
procedures	of	100%	of	Group	profit	and	total	Group	assets	and	liabilities.	The	work	performed	was	to	the	
materiality levels set out below, with component materiality levels adopted for the relevant subsidiary 
entities depending on the level of work to be performed as a result of our scoping assessment.

We communicated with both the Directors and the Audit Committee our planned audit work via our audit 
planning report and relevant discussion.

We communicated audit progress with the Audit Committee through interim audit progress meetings. We 
have	communicated	any	issues	to	the	Audit	Committee	and	the	Directors	in	our	final	audit	findings	report.

Key audit matters
Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	in	our	professional	judgment,	were	of	most	significance	in	our	
audit	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	current	period	and	include	the	most	significant	assessed	risks	of	
material	misstatement	(whether	or	not	due	to	fraud)	we	identified,	including	those	which	had	the	greatest	
effect	on:	the	overall	audit	strategy,	the	allocation	of	resources	in	the	audit;	and	directing	the	efforts	of	the	
engagement	team.	These	matters	were	addressed	in	the	context	of	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	as	
a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key Audit Matter

How our scope addressed the matter

Revenue Recognition

Included in the group statement of 
comprehensive income is revenue of 
£21.369m.

Revenue is derived from the sale of own 
IP, the sale of 3rd party IP, the provision 
of delivery services and of support 
and maintenance.

See revenue accounting policy note for 
further details around revenue recognition.

There is a risk that revenue has not been 
recognised in line with IFRS 15 in relation 
to ongoing contracts with customers, 
particularly where contracts span the year-
end and therefore application is considered 
to be more judgemental.

We agreed a number of revenue transactions to cash receipts and 
appropriate evidence of customer acceptance in order to gain 
comfort over occurrence and completeness and satisfaction of the 
performance obligations per the underlying revenue agreements.

We have reviewed management’s judgment in applying relevant 
requirements	of	IFRS	15,	specifically	around	the	timing	of	
software	license	sales.	We	have	inspected	a	sample	of	new	
significant	revenue	contracts	in	the	year	and	have	challenged	
management on the application of IFRS 15 rules in line with the 
accounting policy.

We have also reviewed the treatment of deferred income 
as a result of this assessment and considered implications 
of	the	classification	of	deferred	income	in	the	statement	of	
financial	position.

As a result of our procedures, we conclude that the group’s 
revenue is stated accurately in all material aspects.

65

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditor’s report 
to	the	members	of	D4t4	Solutions	plc	continued

Our application of materiality
We	apply	the	concept	of	materiality	both	in	planning	and	performing	our	audit,	and	in	evaluating	the	effect	
of	misstatements	on	our	audit	and	on	the	financial	statements.	For	the	purposes	of	determining	whether	
the	financial	statements	are	free	from	material	misstatement	we	define	materiality	as	the	magnitude	of	
misstatement that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person, 
relying	on	the	financial	statements,	would	be	changed,	or	influenced.	At	the	planning	phase	of	the	audit,	we	
determined	overall	materiality	for	the	group	financial	statements	as	a	whole	to	be	£250,000	being	8.75%	of	
earnings	before	interest,	taxation,	depreciation,	and	amortisation	(“EBITDA”).

During the course of the audit, we reconsidered our approach to materiality and determined that adjusted 
profit	before	tax	(“APBT”)	represented	a	more	suitable	metric	given	that	this	is	a	key	metric	used	by	the	
directors	in	assessing	the	financial	performance	and	position	of	the	group.	As	a	result,	we	revised	our	overall	
materiality	for	the	group	financial	statements	as	a	whole	to	£320,000	being	8.75%	of	adjusted	PBT	(“APBT”)	
for the year. On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the overall control 
environment,	we	apply	a	different	level	of	materiality,	performance	materiality,	to	determine	the	extent	of	
our	testing	and	this	was	set	at	75%	of	the	overall	audit	financial	statements’	materiality,	being	£240,000.

We also considered the impact of materiality thresholds on our testing of the subsidiaries within the group. 
We determined that D4t4 Solutions UK (parent) represented the main activity of the group and therefore 
£320,000 has been used as the materiality for testing within the parent. We have then tested D4t4 Solutions 
US	to	80%	of	group	materiality	as	a	result	of	this	entity	representing	a	far	smaller	portion	of	total	revenue	
for	the	group	with	80%	ensuring	appropriate	coverage	of	this	entity	has	been	achieved.	D4t4	Solutions	
Australia has been subject to an analytical review to group materiality as a result of this representing a non-
significant	component	of	the	group.

We	agreed	with	management	that	we	would	report	to	the	Audit	Committee	all	audit	differences	in	excess	
of	£16,000	as	well	as	differences	below	that	threshold	that,	in	our	view,	warranted	reporting	on	qualitative	
grounds.	We	also	report	to	the	Audit	Committee	on	disclosure	matters	that	we	identified	when	assessing	
the	overall	presentation	of	the	financial	statements.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In	auditing	the	financial	statements,	we	have	concluded	that	the	director’s	use	of	the	going	concern	basis	
of	accounting	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	is	appropriate.	Our	evaluation	of	the	director’s	
assessment of the entity’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  We	reviewed	cash	flow	forecasts	prepared	by	management	and	assessed	their	adequacy,	and	also	

challenged the assumptions and judgements inherent within them;

•  We	have	corroborated	cash	levels	after	the	reporting	date	to	consider	whether	they	are	in	line	with	

forecasts	and	investigated	the	reasons	for	any	significant	discrepancies;

•  We reviewed prior period budgets and forecasts against actual performance to consider management’s 

ability to accurately forecast and budget;

•  We have considered pipeline income and contracts to understand the uncertainty in 

management’s budgets;

•  We	have	considered	external	factors	that	impact	the	forecasted	revenues	and	the	cashflows	of	the	Group	

as part of our review of the going concern assessment; and

•  We	have	performed	sensitivity	analysis	on	the	forecasted	revenues	and	the	cashflows	of	the	Group	
in assessing the liquidity headroom and the impact on the adoption of the going concern basis 
of accounting.

Based	on	the	work	we	have	performed,	we	have	not	identified	any	material	uncertainties	relating	to	events	or	
conditions	that,	individually	or	collectively,	may	cast	significant	doubt	on	the	group’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	
going	concern	for	a	period	of	at	least	twelve	months	from	when	the	financial	statements	are	authorised	for	issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in 
the relevant sections of this report.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included	in	the	annual	report,	other	than	the	financial	statements	and	our	auditor’s	report	thereon.	
Our	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	does	not	cover	the	other	information	and,	except	to	the	extent	
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In	connection	with	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements,	our	responsibility	is	to	read	the	other	information	
and,	in	doing	so,	consider	whether	the	other	information	is	materially	inconsistent	with	the	financial	
statements, or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we 
identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether	there	is	a	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements	or	a	material	misstatement	of	the	other	
information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the	information	given	in	the	strategic	report	and	the	directors’	report	for	the	financial	year	for	which	the	

financial	statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	financial	statements;	and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 

requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment 
obtained	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	we	have	not	identified	material	misstatements	in	the	strategic	report	or	
the directors’ report.

66

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditor’s report 
to	the	members	of	D4t4	Solutions	plc	continued

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our 

audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the	parent	company	financial	statements	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	records	and	returns;	or

•  certain	disclosures	of	directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 64, the directors are 
responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	
fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial	statements	that	are	free	from	material	misstatement,	whether	due	to	fraud	or	error.

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	directors	are	responsible	for	assessing	the	group’s	and	the	
parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the 
group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our	objectives	are	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they	could	reasonably	be	expected	to	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	users	taken	on	the	basis	of	these	
financial	statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below:

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Based on our understanding of the company and industry, we considered the extent to which non-
compliance	with	laws	and	regulations	could	have	a	material	effect	on	the	financial	statements.	We	also	
identified	and	considered	those	laws	and	regulations	that	have	a	direct	impact	on	the	preparation	of	the	
financial	statements	such	as	the	Companies	Act	2006,	corporation	tax,	payroll	tax	and	sales	tax.

We	evaluated	management’s	incentives	and	opportunities	for	fraudulent	manipulation	of	the	financial	
statements (including the risk of override of controls) and determined that the principal risks were related 
to	posting	inappropriate	journal	entries	to	areas	subject	to	significant	judgement	and	management	bias	
through accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•  Obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the Group and 

determined	that	the	most	significant	are	the	AIM	rules,	Companies	Act	2006,	and	tax	regulation;

•  Discussions with management including consideration of known or suspected instances of  

non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;

•  Evaluating management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities;

• 

• 

Inspecting correspondence with regulators and tax authorities;

Identifying and testing journals, in particular journal entries posted to revenue which have unusual or 
unexpected double entry patterns; and

•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their critical accounting estimates.

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, 
including	those	leading	to	a	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements	or	non-compliance	with	
regulation. This risk increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation is removed from the 
events	and	transactions	reflected	in	the	financial	statements,	as	we	will	be	less	likely	to	become	aware	of	
instances of non-compliance. The risk is also greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather 
than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission, or misrepresentation.

A	further	description	of	our	responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	is	located	on	the	
Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms 
part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an Auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Jon Dawson
Senior Statutory Auditor
For and on behalf of Haysmacintyre LLP, Statutory Auditors 

11 July 2023

10 Queen Street Place, London, EC4R 1AG

67

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Group statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administration expenses
Other operating income

Profit from operations
Finance income
Financing costs

Profit before tax
Tax

Attributable to equity holders of the parent

Notes 

4,5

6
8

9
9

10

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

21,369
(8,497)

12,872
(10,833)
15

2,054
373
(36)

2,391
(274)

2,117

24, 459
(11,755)

12,704
(11,000)
58

1,762
22
(21)

1,763
(68)

1,695

Earnings per share from continuing operations 
attributable to the equity holders of the parent
Statutory
Basic
Diluted

Attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Other comprehensive income:
Items that will not be reclassified to income statement
(Loss)/gain on property revaluation
Exchange	differences	on	translation	of	foreign	operations
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable 
to equity holders of the parent

The	notes	on	pages	74	to	97	form	part	of	these	financial	statements.

Notes 

13

26

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

5.29p
5.18p

2,117

(300)
204

4.21p
4.14p

1,695

70
(21)

2,021

1,744

68

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Group statement of financial position
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Tax receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Assets	in	disposal	groups	classified	as	held	for	sale

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Tax liabilities
Deferred revenue
Lease obligations

Non-current liabilities
Lease obligations
Deferred revenue
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Notes

14
15
16

11

18

19

20

21
22

22
21
11

2023 
£’000

9,446
806
607
942
212

2022
£’000

9,446
808
4,012
–
232

12,013 

14,498

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Merger reserve
Revaluation reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Attributable to equity holders of the parent

Notes

23
23
25
26
24

2023 
£’000

2022
£’000

809
3,365
6,281
1,010
(1,464)
17,344

27,345

809
3,365
6,031
1,310
(670)
21,040

31,885

These	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on	11	July	2023	
and	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Bill Bruno
Director
Company	registration	number:	01892751	(England	and	Wales)

The	notes	on	pages	74	to	97	form	part	of	these	financial	statements.

7,561
15
17,155

24,731
3,000

39,744

(2,219)
(8)
(9,383)
(73)

(11,683)

(148)
(173)
(395)

(716)

27,385
573
11,430

39,388
–

53,886

(7,144)
–
(14,200)
(54)

(21,398)

(146)
–
(457)

(603)

(12,399)

(22,001)

27,345

31,885

69

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Group statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Balance at 1 April 2021
Dividends paid
Purchase of own shares
Issue of new shares – exercise of share options
Settlement of share-based payments
Share-based payment charge

Transactions with equity holders

Profit	for	the	year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Balance at 1 April 2022
Dividends paid
Purchase of own shares
Settlement of share-based payments
Share-based payment charge

Transactions with equity holders

Profit	for	the	year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Balance at 31 March 2023

The	notes	on	pages	74	to	97	form	part	of	these	financial	statements.

Notes

Share  
capital

Share  
premium

Merger  
reserve

Revaluation 
reserve

Treasury  
shares

12
24
23

28

12
24

28

808
–
–
1
–
–

1

–
–

–

809
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

3,365
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

3,365
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

5,981
–
–
50
–
–

50

–
–

–

6,031
–
–
250
–

250

–
–

–

1,240
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
70

70

1,310
–
–
–
–

–

–
(300)

(300)

(542)
–
(377)
–
249
–

(128)

–
–

–

(670)
–
(1,488)
694
–

(794)

–
–

–

Retained 
earnings

20,034
(1,147)
–
–
(140)
619

(668)

1,695
(21)

1,674

21,040
(6,194)
–
(679)
856

(6,017)

2,117
204

2,321

Total  
£’000

30,886
(1,147)
(377)
51
109
619

(745)

1,695
49

1,744

31,885
(6,194)
(1,488)
265
856

(6,561)

2,117
(96)

2,021

809

3,365

6,281

1,010

(1,464)

17,344

27,345

70

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Group statement of cash flow
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Operating activities
Profit	before	tax
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Finance income
Finance expense
Share-based payments
Loss/(gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in receivables
Decrease in inventories
(Decrease)/increase in payables

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

Tax received

Notes

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2,391

 1,763

16
15
9
9
28
16

265
346
(373)
36
856
13

3,534

18,882
–
(9,184)

13,232

472

391
306
(22)
21
619
(16)

3,062

(14,023)
129
10,671

(661)

1

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Investing activities
Interest received
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase	of	intangible	fixed	assets
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
Capitalisation of development costs

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities
Dividends paid
Lease repayments
Interest paid
Purchase of own shares
Exercise of share options

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase /(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes

16
15

7

12
22
9
24

31

31

2023 
£’000

13,704

373
(173)
(97)
–
(247)

(144)

(6,194)
(102)
(36)
(1,488)
(15)

(7,835)

5,725
11,430

17,155

2022 
£’000

(660)

22
(197)
–
(200)
(242)

(617)

(1,147)
(98)
(21)
(377)
109

(1,534)

(2,811)
14,241

11,430

71

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Company statement of financial position
as at 31 March 2023

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in subsidiaries
Other receivables
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Tax receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Asset	in	disposal	group	classified	as	held	for	sale

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Deferred revenue
Lease obligations

Non-current liabilities
Lease obligations
Deferred revenue
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Notes

14
15
16
17

11

18

19

20

22

22

11

2023 
£’000

8,696
806
502
750
942
212

2022 
£’000

8,696
808
3,996
1,023
–
232

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Merger reserve
Revaluation reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

11,908

14,755

Attributable to equity holders of the parent

Notes

23
23
25
26
24

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

809
3,365
6,281
1,010
(1,464)
16,702

26,703

809
3,365
6,031
1,310
(670)
20,388

31,233

The	Company’s	profit	for	the	year	was	£2.1m	(2022:	£0.8m).	

These	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on	11	July	
2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

Bill Bruno
Director
Company	registration	number:	01892751	(England	and	Wales)

6,899
5
17,099

24,003
3,000

38,911

25,754
322
11,387

37,463
–

52,218

(2,318)
(9,187)
(42)

(6,723)
(13,612)
(48)

(11,547)

(20,383)

(93)
(173)
(395)

(661)

(145)
–
(457)

(602)

(12,208)

(20,985)

26,703

31,233

72

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Balance at 1 April 2021
Dividends paid
Purchase of own shares
Issue of new shares – exercise of share options
Settlement of share-based payments
Share-based payment charge

Transactions with equity holders

Profit	for	the	year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Balance at 1 April 2022
Dividends paid
Purchase of own shares
Settlement of share-based payments
Share-based payment charge

Transactions with equity holders

Profit	for	the	year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Balance at 31 March 2023

The	notes	on	pages	74	to	97	form	part	of	these	financial	statements.

Notes

Share  
capital

Share  
premium

Merger  
reserve

Revaluation 
reserve

Treasury  
shares

12
24
23

28

12
24

28

808
–
–
1
–
–

1

–
–

–

809
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

3,365
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

3,365
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

5,981
–
–
50
–
–

50

–
–

–

6,031
–
–
250
–

250

–
–

–

1,240
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
70

70

1,310
–
–
–
–

–

–
(300)

(300)

(542)
–
(377)
–
249
–

(128)

–
–

–

(670)
–
(1,488)
694
–

(794)

–
–

–

Retained 
earnings

20,012
(1,147)
–
–
(140)
619

(668)

1,065
(21)

1,044

20,388
(6,194)
–
(679)
856

(6,017)

2.144
187

2,331

Total  
£’000

30,864
(1,147)
(377)
51
109
619

(745)

1,065
49

1,114

31,233
(6,194)
(1,488)
265
856

(6,561)

2,144
(113)

2,031

809

3,365

6,281

1,010

(1,464)

16,702

26,703

73

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 31 March 2023

1. General information
D4t4 Solutions plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales and 
quoted on the AIM Market. There is no ultimate controlling party.

Adoption of new and revised standards
The following amendments to standards were issued and adopted in the year, with no material impact on 
the	financial	statements:

Details of substantial shareholdings are shown in the Directors’ Report on page 62.

•  Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds Before Intended Use – Amendments to IAS 16.

The	address	of	its	registered	office,	registered	number	and	principal	place	of	business	is	disclosed	on	the	
inside	cover	of	the	financial	statements.

The	financial	statements	of	D4t4	Solutions	plc	and	its	subsidiaries	(the	Group)	for	the	year	ended	31	March	
2023 were authorised and issued by the Board of Directors on 11 July 2023 and the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position was signed on the Board’s behalf by Bill Bruno.

2. Significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Accounting	Standards	
adopted by the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under International Accounting 
Standards.

The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention,	with	the	exception	of	
land and buildings which is held at valuation.

The	presentation	of	the	financial	statements	is	British	Pounds	and	amounts	are	rounded	to	the	nearest	
thousand pounds.

Going concern
The	Group	and	Company’s	business	activities,	together	with	the	factors	likely	to	affect	its	future	
development, performance and position and the risks and uncertainties are presented in the Strategic 
Report on pages 1 to 41.

The Group and Company have considered these risks and uncertainties along with any impact from the 
global economic situation.

The	Directors	have	reviewed	stress	tests	for	future	cash	flows	over	the	18	months	to	30	September	2024	to	
ensure	there	are	sufficient	financial	resources,	together	with	income	from	existing	contracts	with	a	number	
of	customers,	to	cover	budgeted	future	cash	flows.

On this basis, the Directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing these accounts.

•  Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3.

•  Onerous	Contracts	–	Cost	of	Fulfilling	a	Contract	–	Amendments	to	IAS	37.

•  Annual	Improvements	to	IFRS	Standards	2018-2020.

There were no other new accounting standards issued that have been adopted in the year.

Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that have not been early adopted by 
the Group:

At	the	date	of	approval	of	these	financial	statements	there	were	amendments	to	standards	which	were	in	
issue,	but	which	were	not	yet	effective,	and	which	have	not	been	applied.	The	principal	ones	were:

Effective	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2023

•  Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities Arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12.

•  Definition	of	Accounting	Estimates	–	Amendments	to	IAS	8.

•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2.

Effective	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2024

•  Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback Transaction – Amendments to IFRS 16.

•  Non-Current Liabilities with Covenants – Amendments to IAS 1.

Effective	date	deferred	until	accounting	periods	starting	not	earlier	than	1	January	2024

•  Classification	of	Liabilities	as	Current	or	Non-Current	–	Amendments	to	IAS	1.

Basis of consolidation
The	consolidated	financial	statements	incorporate	the	financial	statements	of	the	Company	and	its	
subsidiaries made up to the reporting date.

Investee	companies	are	classified	as	subsidiaries	where	the	Company	has	control,	which	is	achieved	where	
the	Company	has	the	power	to	govern	the	financial	and	operating	policies	of	an	investee	entity,	exposure	to	
variable	returns	from	the	investee	and	the	ability	to	use	its	power	to	affect	those	variable	returns.	All	intra-
Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

74

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

2. Significant accounting policies continued
The	consolidated	financial	statements	incorporate	the	results	of	business	combinations	using	the	
acquisition	method.	In	the	statement	of	financial	position,	the	acquiree’s	identifiable	assets	and	liabilities	
are initially recognised at their fair values at acquisition date. The results of acquired entities are included in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income from the date at which control is obtained and are 
deconsolidated from the date control ceases.

Acquisitions
On	the	acquisition	of	a	business,	net	fair	values	are	attributed	to	the	identifiable	assets	and	liabilities	
acquired.	Where	the	cost	of	acquisition	exceeds	this	net	fair	value,	the	difference	is	treated	as	purchased	
goodwill and capitalised in the Group Statement of Financial Position in the year of acquisition. If a 
subsidiary’s assets are subsequently hived up into the parent then the corresponding amount of goodwill is 
capitalised in the Company Statement of Financial Position.

In	accordance	with	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	D4t4	Solutions	plc	is	exempt	from	the	
requirement to present its own income statement and related notes that form a part of these approved 
financial	statements.	The	profit	of	the	parent	is	disclosed	at	the	foot	of	the	Company	Statement	of	Financial	
Position for the year.

Property, plant and equipment
The carrying value of these assets is stated at cost or valuation, less accumulated depreciation and any 
impairment loss. Freehold land is not depreciated. The estimated lives of assets are reviewed annually by 
the Board, the lives and values are adjusted as necessary, and any impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement. Freehold land and buildings were last valued professionally in October 2022 and are 
reviewed by the Directors on an annual basis. The carrying values are considered for impairment when 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

The Group makes provision for depreciation so that the cost less estimated residual value of each asset is 
written	off	by	equal	instalments	over	its	estimated	useful	economic	life	as	follows:

Buildings – up to 35 years.

Leasehold improvements – up to 10 years.

Fixtures and equipment – up to 4 years.

Motor vehicles – up to 5 years.

Goodwill
Capitalised goodwill is shown in the Statement of Financial Position.

Its carrying value is subject to annual review and any impairment is recognised immediately as a loss which 
cannot subsequently be reversed. Goodwill arising on acquisitions made before the date of transition to 
IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amount subject to being tested annually for impairment.

Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition of Speed-Trap Holdings Limited and Prickly Cactus Limited.

Investments in subsidiaries
The carrying value of investments is stated at cost less any provision for impairment. This value is reviewed 
annually	by	the	Board	with	respect	to	future	cash	flows	in	respect	of	revenue	streams	related	to	the	
investment.

Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)
On the acquisition of a business, the fair value of IPR is estimated and capitalised taking into consideration 
the	software	development	cycle	and	the	amount	of	effort	involved	between	updated	versions	of	the	
software.	The	fair	value	is	amortised	over	the	expected	development	cycle	which	is	estimated	to	be	
eight years.

Capitalised IPR is shown in the balance sheet. Its carrying value is subject to annual review and any 
impairment is recognised immediately as a loss which cannot subsequently be reversed.

The Directors have assessed that no impairment is required in the current period other than for the freehold 
building in the UK.

Revaluation gains/losses are shown in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and recognised in Other 
comprehensive income. Where losses are greater than previously recognised gains, these are taken to the 
income statement.

Trade names
On the acquisition of a business, the future value of the trade name of that business is estimated and 
capitalised. The fair value is amortised over ten years.

Impairment	of	intangibles	is	reviewed	annually	with	reference	to	the	identification	of	any	potential	
indicators of impairment.

Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. The valuation method for each item of 
inventory remains consistent from one accounting period to the next.

75

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Research and development costs
To assess whether research and development expenditure has generated an intangible asset the Group 
classifies	the	expenditure	into	two	phases,	the	research	phase	and	the	development	phase.

Expenditure on the research phase is recognised as an expense when it is incurred.

Expenditure on the development phase is recognised as an intangible asset if, and only if, each of the 
following can be demonstrated:

a. 

the technical feasibility of completing the asset;

b. 

its intention to complete and use or sell the asset;

c. 

its ability to use or sell the asset;

d.	 how	the	asset	will	generate	future	economic	benefit;

e.	

the	availability	of	sufficient	resources	to	complete	the	development	and	to	use	or	sell	the	asset;	and

f. 

the ability to measure reliably the expenditure incurred on the asset during its development.

The intangible asset is recognised using the cost model and is carried at its cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Leases and lease commitments
Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased 
asset	is	available	for	use	by	the	Group.	Each	lease	payment	is	allocated	between	the	liability	and	finance	
cost.	The	finance	cost	is	charged	to	the	income	statement	over	the	lease	period	so	as	to	produce	a	constant	
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is 
depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. Assets and 
liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the 
net present value of the following lease payments:

•  fixed	payments	(including	in-substance	fixed	payments),	less	any	lease	incentives	receivable;

•  variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate;

•  amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

•  the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

•  payments	of	penalties	for	terminating	the	lease,	if	the	lease	term	reflects	the	lessee	exercising	

that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be 
determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to 
pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment 
with similar terms and conditions.

The useful economic life of development costs capitalised is deemed to be eight years and capitalised costs 
are amortised over eight years.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

•  the amount of the initial measurement of lease;

Foreign currencies
In line with IAS 21, transactions denoted in foreign currencies are recorded at an approximation of the 
exchange rate ruling on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated using the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the gains or losses 
on translation are included in the income statement.

Similarly, for translation of foreign operations, transactions are recorded at an approximation of the 
exchange rate ruling in the period of consolidation.

Monetary assets and liabilities are translated using the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date 
and the gains or losses on translation are included in Other comprehensive income.

Profit from operations
Profit	from	operations	is	stated	before	investment	income,	finance	costs	and	other	gains	and	losses.	
Other gains and losses principally include movements in property valuation and are included in Other 
comprehensive income.

•  any lease payments made at or before the date less any lease incentives received;

•  any initial direct costs; and

•  restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line 
basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months 
or less.

Lease	terms	are	negotiated	on	an	individual	basis	and	contain	a	wide	range	of	different	terms	and	
conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as 
security for borrowing purposes.

76

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Dividends
Final dividend and special dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability 
in	the	Group’s	financial	statements	in	the	period	in	which	the	dividends	are	approved	by	the	Company’s	
shareholders.

Interim and prior period dividends paid are included in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the transaction price received or receivable from the sale of goods and services 
in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of value added tax, rebates and 
discounts	and	after	the	elimination	of	intercompany	transactions	within	the	Group.

The	Group	recognises	revenue	as	it	satisfies	its	performance	obligations	by	transferring	contracted	goods	
and services to its customers.

Share-based payments
Periodically	the	Group	offers	share	options	to	employees.	The	Group	has	conformed	with	the	requirements	
of	IFRS	2	“Share-Based	Payment”	for	share	options	issued	after	7	November	2002	and	unvested	at	31	March	
2023. Those options are measured at fair value either:

The principal revenue streams are described below:

Licenses
D4t4	creates,	authors,	markets	and	sells	software	products	within	the	Celebrus	family	of	products	(e.g.,	CDP,	
FDP, and CDM).

•  using the Black-Scholes model and management’s best estimates); or

•  options with market-based performance conditions, such as Total Shareholder Performance compared 

to a peer group of companies, are fair valued using a Monte Carlo model.

The Group’s products are licensed predominantly on a term basis and revenue is recognised on an annual 
basis for each year of that term, upon delivery of the license(s) to the customer, for the whole year in the 
month of sale or on each successive anniversary for multi-year contracts.

Values from both methods are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the options.

Options	vest	only	when	the	Remuneration	Committee	is	satisfied	that	the	vesting	criteria	have	been	
met, and are settled subsequently by equity shares in the parent company and unless the Board, at its 
discretion, agrees to settle in cash.

Treasury shares
From time to time the Company purchases its own shares for the purpose of satisfying the future exercising 
of outstanding share options. These shares are held in treasury and are shown as a reduction in the 
Company’s reserves.

Pension costs
The	Group	operates	a	defined	contribution	pension	scheme.	The	assets	of	the	scheme	are	held	separately	
from	those	of	the	Group	in	an	independently	administered	fund.	The	amount	charged	against	profits	
represents the contributions payable to the scheme in respect of the accounting period.

Taxation
Current	tax	(UK	and	foreign)	is	calculated	on	the	profit	for	the	year	(adjusted	for	appropriate	tax	reliefs,	
allowances,	non-deductible	expenses	and	timing	differences)	using	the	appropriate	tax	rates	and	laws	that	
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is recognised in respect 
of	all	material	temporary	differences	in	the	treatment	of	certain	items	for	taxation	and	accounting	purposes	
which have arisen but have not reversed by the balance sheet date. It is recognised at the expected 
prevailing rate at the time of reversal, and is recognised as an asset only to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable	profits	will	be	available	to	utilise	it.	It	is	reviewed	annually.

Perpetual license revenue is recognised in full upon delivery as the Company has no further obligations 
to	the	customer	once	the	non-refundable	licenses	have	been	delivered.	Any	upgrade	to	the	software	on	a	
perpetual basis will be supplied as part of an ongoing maintenance contract that the customer may make. 
This	maintenance	contract	is	covered	under	the	‘Support	and	maintenance’	section	below.

Celebrus Cloud, support and maintenance
Support and maintenance is typically of a recurring nature, over the term of a license, and is made up of 
hosting, support services and product maintenance.

For	support	services	and	maintenance,	the	Group’s	efforts	are	expended	evenly	throughout	the	
performance period therefore revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the contract, 
normally	between	12	and	36	months.	This	reflects	the	even	nature	of	the	Group’s	obligations	to	the	
customer over the duration of the agreement.

In	the	case	of	Celebrus	Cloud	hosting,	an	amount	of	effort	is	required	up	front	to	create	the	environment	
for	hosting.	Thereafter,	the	Group’s	obligations	are	evenly	spread	over	the	term	of	the	hosting	period.	
Therefore, a proportion of the fees for hosting are recognised during the set-up phase, with the balance 
being recognised evenly over the term of the period.

77

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Professional Services
For	fixed-price	delivery	services	work,	revenue	is	recognised	over	time	by	comparing	how	much	of	the	
project has been completed versus total expected time required and also with reference to the completion 
of	specific	milestones.	This	is	because	costs	are	incurred	in	proportion	to	the	Group’s	progress	as	it	satisfies	
its performance obligations.

In relation to time-based projects, revenue is recognised based on time spent on a project at an agreed rate 
on a monthly basis.

Third-party products
D4t4 also provides services that are focused on delivering data management solutions using public and 
private cloud infrastructure which is securely designed to ensure our clients can operationalise data within 
their organisation.

D4t4 design and build performant platforms for critical business, analytics, compliance, risk, marketing and 
artificial	intelligence	applications.	Customer	Data	Management	platform	solutions	may	include	both	third-
party	hardware	and	software	(as	well	as	our	own	IP	software	described	above).

The revenue for each component of the product is recognised when the full performance obligation has 
been	satisfied.	Typically,	this	is	when	the	hardware	is	delivered	to	the	customers	designated	premises,	and	
for	the	software	upon	delivery	to	the	customer.

Partnerships with third-party organisations
The Company sells both directly to the customer and via partnerships. The Company acts as principal in the 
sale to the partner. The partner then uses the products and services purchased from the Company as part 
of their sale to their customer. The revenue will consist of a combination of license, delivery and support 
and	maintenance	as	defined	in	the	revenue	recognition	policy	above,	and	recognised	as	defined	in	those	
sections.

Initial and subsequent measurement of financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and other short-term deposits held by the 
Group with maturities, generally, of three months or less.

Trade, Group and other receivables
Trade receivables are initially measured at their transaction price. Group and other receivables are initially 
measured at fair value plus transaction costs.

Receivables	are	held	to	collect	the	contractual	cash	flows	which	are	solely	payments	of	principal	and	
interest.	Therefore,	these	receivables	are	subsequently	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	
interest rate method.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial	liabilities	and	equity	instruments	are	classified	according	to	the	substance	of	the	contractual	
arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the 
assets	of	the	Company	after	deducting	all	of	its	liabilities.

Initial and subsequent measurement of financial liabilities
Trade, Group and other payables
Trade, Group and other payables are initially measured at fair value, net of direct transaction costs and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at fair value on initial recognition net of 
transaction costs.

Derecognition of financial assets (including write-offs) and financial liabilities
A	financial	asset	(or	part	thereof)	is	derecognised	when	the	contractual	rights	to	cash	flows	expire	or	are	
settled,	or	when	the	contractual	rights	to	receive	the	cash	flows	of	the	financial	asset	and	substantially	all	
the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to another party.

When	there	is	no	reasonable	expectation	of	recovering	a	financial	asset	it	is	derecognised	(‘written	off’).

The	gain	or	loss	on	derecognition	of	financial	assets	measured	at	amortised	cost	is	recognised	in	the	
income statement.

A	financial	liability	(or	part	thereof)	is	derecognised	when	the	obligation	specified	in	the	contract	is	
discharged, cancelled or expires.

Any	difference	between	the	carrying	amount	of	a	financial	liability	(or	part	thereof)	that	is	derecognised	
and the consideration paid is recognised in the income statement.

Impairment of financial assets
An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	for	the	expected	credit	losses	on	financial	assets	when	there	is	an	
increased	probability	that	the	counterparty	will	be	unable	to	settle	an	instrument’s	contractual	cash	flows	
on the contractual due dates, a reduction in the amounts expected to be recovered, or both.

The probability of default and expected amounts recoverable are assessed using reasonable and 
supportable	past	and	forward-looking	information	that	is	available	without	undue	cost	or	effort.	The	
expected credit loss is a probability-weighted amount determined from a range of outcomes and takes into 
account the time value of money.

78

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Trade and other receivables
For trade receivables, expected credit losses are measured by applying an expected loss rate to the gross 
carrying amount. The expected loss rate comprises the risk of a default occurring and the expected cash 
flows	on	default	based	on	the	ageing	of	the	receivable.	The	Group	has	adopted	a	simplified	approach	
to calculating its expected credit loss provision. For intercompany loans that are repayable on demand, 
expected credit losses are based on the assumption that repayment of the loan is demanded at the 
reporting	date.	If	the	subsidiary	does	not	have	sufficient	accessible	highly	liquid	assets	in	order	to	repay	the	
loan if demanded at the reporting date, the parent company assesses the expected manner of recovery.

a. Judgements
Capitalisation of development costs
The Group is required by accounting rules to capitalise certain development costs. However, the Group 
almost	always	expenses	a	significant	percentage	of	research	and	development	in	the	period	it	is	incurred.

Internal activities are continually undertaken to enhance and maintain our products in a bid to stay 
ahead of our competition. Whether this expenditure is an internally generated intangible asset requires 
management to make judgements, especially with respect to whether the asset created will generate future 
economic	benefit.

Assets held for sale
Assets	are	classified	as	held	for	sale	when:

•  they are available for immediate sale;

•  management is committed to a plan to sell;

• 

it	is	unlikely	that	significant	changes	to	the	plan	will	be	made	or	that	the	plan	will	be	withdrawn;

•  an active programme to locate a buyer has been initiated;

•  the asset or disposal group is being marketed at a reasonable price in relation to its fair value; and

•  a	sale	is	expected	to	complete	within	12	months	from	the	date	of	classification.

Assets	classified	as	held	for	sale	are	measured	at	the	lower	of:

•  their	carrying	amount	immediately	prior	to	being	classified	as	held	for	sale	in	accordance	with	the	

Group’s accounting policy; and

•  fair value less costs of disposal.

Following	their	classification	as	held	for	sale,	assets	are	not	depreciated.

Related party transactions
These	are	disclosed	in	note	30	of	the	financial	statements.

3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In applying the accounting polices described in note 2 the Directors are required to make judgements, 
estimates	and	assumptions	of	the	carrying	values	of	assets	and	liabilities	as	at	the	statement	of	financial	
position date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year. However, the nature of 
estimations	means	that	actual	outcomes	could	differ	from	those	estimates.	These	judgements	are	reviewed	
on an ongoing basis, and recognise revisions to accounting estimates in the period in which the Directors 
revise	the	estimate	and	in	any	future	periods	affected.	It	is	considered	that	all	judgements	have	an	element	
of estimation.

This is a key judgement in this respect as the time between development and any income can be 
considerable	and	often	the	income-generating	asset	may	have	considerably	evolved	from	the	asset	
originally created.

b. Estimates and assumptions
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
statement	of	financial	position	date	that	have	a	significant	risk	of	causing	material	adjustment	to	the	
carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	within	the	next	financial	year	are	discussed	below.

Share-based compensation
Management believes that there will not be only one acceptable choice for estimating the fair value 
of share-based payment arrangements. The judgements and estimates that management apply in 
determination	of	the	share-based	compensation	are	detailed	further	in	note	28.

Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets
The ongoing valuation of goodwill for the purposes of determining impairment requires the evaluation of 
future	cash	flows	from	the	cash	generating	unit	to	which	the	goodwill	has	been	allocated.	This	is	disclosed	
in note 14.

Lease accounting
Lease payment accounting rules require lease payments to be discounted using the lessee’s incremental 
borrowing	rate	as	required	by	IFRS	16	“Leases”.	The	Group’s	incremental	borrowing	rate	has	been	based	
on	local	commercial	or	bank	loan	rates.	Therefore,	the	specific	cost	of	borrowing	has	been	applied	to	
each	lease	as	this	reflects	the	different	economic	conditions	within	each	geography	and	is	therefore	more	
representative of the funding facilities available in those countries.

Valuation of freehold land and building
Freehold land and buildings are professionally valued periodically and were last valued at 12 October 2022. 
The carrying values are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying value may not be recoverable.

79

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

4. Business and geographical segments
IFRS	8	Operating	Segments	requires	operating	segments	to	be	identified	on	the	basis	of	internal	reports	
about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the management team to allocate resources 
to the segments and assess their performance.

Whilst having three product groups, the Group operates the business as a single business with no 
separation into divisions or allocation or people or assets to a particular division. The management team 
is responsible for all three product groups with no individual having responsibility for a particular product 
group. This is consistent with the internal reporting for management purposes. Management does however 
monitor revenues by revenue type.

Information is presented to the Board on the revenue analysis below:

•  Licenses

•  Hosting, support and maintenance

•  Services

•  Third party products

The revenue analysis set out below is consistent with that provided to the Board of Directors.

Major customers (partners) over 10% of revenue

Licenses
Celebrus Cloud Hosting, support 
and maintenance
Professional services

Underlying revenue

Third-party products

Revenue

2023 
£’000

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2022 
£’000

Customer 1
2,061

Customer 2
4,444

Customer 1
2,086

Customer 2
1,577

3,583
30

5,674

2,227

7,901

1,110
–

5,554

–

2,538
2,337

6,961

7,001

5,554

13,962

1,159
17

2,753

–

2,753

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies 
described in note 2.

As the Group works with partners, who are responsible for billing to end customers, the Group’s customer is 
very	often	the	partner	which	may	have	numerous	end	customers	of	the	Group.	

Continuing operations 2023

Licenses
Celebrus Cloud Hosting, support and maintenance
Services

Underlying revenue

Third-party products

Revenue

Group

5. Revenue
Geographical information

2023 
£’000

8,198
7,771
3,173

19,142

2,227

21,369

2022 
£’000

6,137
7,127
4,194

17,458

7,001

24,459

United States of America
United Kingdom
Rest of Europe
Others

Group

2023 
£’000

11,055
3,800
3,745
2,769

21,369

2022 
£’000

16,859
3,962
2,421
1,217

24,459

The geographical revenue analysis is determined by the domicile of the external customer.

Non-current assets, including Property, Plant & Equipment, Goodwill and Intangibles, are mostly located in 
the United Kingdom.

80

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

5. Revenue continued
Analysis of revenue

Rendering of services
Sale of goods

Timing of transfer

Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Licenses
Third-party products
Goods and services transferred over time 
Professional services
Celebrus Cloud, support & maintenance

Contract balances

Receivables included within Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Contract liabilities

Group

2023 
£’000

19,142
2,227

21,369

Group

2023 
£’000

8,198
2,227

3,173
7,771

21,369

Group

2023 
£’000

4,967
2,015
9,556

2022 
£’000

18,911
7,001

24,459

2022 
£’000

6,137
7,001

4,194
7,127

24,459

2022 
£’000

24,992
1,657
14,199

Contract	assets	predominantly	relate	to	fulfilled	obligations	in	respect	of	Licenses,	Third-party	products,	
Services and Support and Maintenance which have not yet been invoiced. At the point of invoice, the 
contract asset is derecognised and a corresponding trade receivable is recognised.

Contract liabilities relate to consideration received from customers in advance of work being completed.

Adjustments to profit before tax

Profit	before	tax
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share-based payment
Net	foreign	exchange	differences
Costs related to acquisition during the year
Restructuring costs

Adjusted	profit	before	tax

6. Analysis of expenses by nature

The breakdown by nature of expenses is as follows:
Employee remuneration (see note 7)

Intangible assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 15)
Research and development costs expensed

Property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (see note 16)
Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Auditor’s remuneration
–  for audit services (Group and Company, the Company fee is not 

separately	quantifiable)

– for other services

Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss
Other expenses

Total cost of sales and administration expenses

Group

2023 
£’000

2,391
346
856
(330)
–
513

3,776

2022 
£’000

1,763
306
678
93
36
390

3,266

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

12,317

12,036

346
1,954

2,300

265
13

278

100
–

100

(330)
4,876

19,330

306
1,743

2,049

391
(16)

375

85
–

85

93
8,117

22,755

81

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Group

Company

Details of Directors’ remuneration required by the Companies Act are set out in the audited information 
included in the Directors Remuneration report on pages 57 to 61.

2023 
Number

2022 
Number

2023 
Number

2022 
Number

Other related party transactions including loans and dividends involving Directors are disclosed in the 
Directors’ Report on pages 62 to 63.

7. Staff costs

The average number of employees 
(including Directors) during the year was:
Product and support
Distribution
Administration

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Defined	contribution	pension	costs
Share-based payments: equity settled

103
32
16

151

99
33
17

149

90
25
14

129

88
27
16

131

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

9,907
1,090
480
840

9,953
951
455
677

12,317

12,036

7,448
921
354
840

9,563

7,678
833
367
677

9,555

Included	in	staff	costs	is	£247,000	(2022:	£242,000)	which	were	not	recognised	through	the	income	
statement, but rather capitalised and form part of development costs.

Key management personnel consist of the Board of Directors and their remuneration (included in the totals 
above) was as follows:

Emoluments
Social security costs
Defined	contribution	pension	costs
Share-based payments: equity settled

Group & Company

2023 
£’000

536
58
26
469

1,089

2022 
£’000

1,315
129
38
537

2,019

8. Other operating income

Analysis of other operating income
Operating lease receipts (see note 29)

9. Finance income and finance costs

Analysis of finance income
Bank interest received
Other

Analysis of finance costs
Lease interest
Other

Group 

2023 
£’000

15

15

Group 

2023 
£’000

371
2

373

(20)
(16)

(36)

2022 
£’000

58

58

2022 
£’000

22
–

22

(20)
(1)

(21)

82

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

10. Taxation

11. Deferred tax

Current UK tax
Foreign tax
Under/(over) provision in prior year

Deferred tax
– change in rates
–	temporary	differences
– tax losses current year

Corporation tax
The	charge	for	the	year	can	be	reconciled	to	the	reported	profit	as	follows:

Profit	before	tax
UK corporation tax at 19% (2022: 19%)
Research and development credit
Patent box
Exercise of share options
Share-based payments
Difference	between	writing-down	allowances	and	depreciation
Amortisation of intangibles - ineligible
Other non-deductible expenses
Effect	of	different	rates	in	other	jurisdictions
Movement in US tax losses
Over provision in prior year
Effect	of	change	in	tax	rates	on	deferred	tax	opening	balance
Foreign tax charge – India
Foreign tax charge – USA
Current year loss carried forward

Tax charge as above

2023 
£’000

–
178
138

316

–
(42)
–

274

2,391
454
(483)
(43)
(35)
177
(73)
64
2
(147)
–
138
–
78
100
42

274

2022 
£’000

–
67
(225)

(158)

55
138
33

68

1,763
335
(431)
–
(32)
131
3
183
33
(132)
33
(225)
55
9
58
48

68

Group
Balance at 1 April 2021
(Charge)/credit to income statement

Balance at 1 April 2022

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Balance at 31 March 2023

Company
Balance at 1 April 2021
(Charge)/credit to income statement

Balance at 1 April 2022

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Balance at 31 March 2023

Comprised of:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Other timing 
differences 
£’000

Equity  
reserve 
£’000

Share-
based 
payments 
£’000

Tax  
losses 
£’000

Intangibles 
£’000

Total 
£’000

(45)
(21)

(66)

60

(6)

(45)
(21)

(66)

60

(6)

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

176
53 

229

(17)

212

176
53

229

(17)

212

33
(33)

–

–

–

33
(33)

–

–

–

(165)
(223)

(1)
(224)

(388)

(225)

(1)

42

(389)

(183)

(165)
(223)

(1)
(224)

(388)

(225)

(1)

42

(389)

(183)

212
(395)

(183)

A deferred tax rate of 25% (2022: 25%) has been used. 

The	financial	statements	include	a	deferred	tax	asset	of	nil	(2022:	£nil)	in	respect	of	trading	losses	in	the	
Group’s US subsidiary.

83

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

12. Dividends

Details of the adjusted earnings per share are set out below:

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders
Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022 of 2.07p  
(31 March 2021: 2.0p) per share
Special dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022 of 12.5p  
(31 March 2021: nil) per share
Interim	dividend	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2023	of	0.88p	 
(31	March	2022:	0.85p)	per	share

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

831

5,012

351

6,194

805

–

342

1,147

Profit	attributable	to	owners	of	the	parent
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share-based payment
Net	foreign	exchange	differences
Costs related to acquisition during the year
Restructuring costs
Tax on the adjustments

Adjusted profit attributable to owners of the parent

There	is	a	proposed	final	dividend	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2023	of	2.15p.	This	is	subject	to	shareholder	
approval	at	the	AGM	and	has	not	been	included	as	a	liability	in	these	financial	statements.

13. Earnings per share
The	calculation	of	earnings	per	share	is	based	on	profit	attributable	to	owners	of	the	parent	and	the	
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

The	adjusted	earnings	per	share	figures	have	been	calculated	based	on	earnings	before	adjusted	items.	
These have been presented to provide shareholders with an additional measure of the Group’s year-on-year 
performance.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares arising from share options granted to employees 
where the exercise price is less than the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares at the year end.

2023 
£’000

2,117
346
856
(330)
–
513
(340)

3,162

2023 
No.

2022 
£’000

1,695
306
677
93
36
390
(284)

2,913

2022 
No.

Basic weighted average number of shares, excluding own shares, in issue
Dilutive	effect	of	share	options

40,004,526
825,517

40,240,799
725,221

Diluted weighted average number of shares, excluding own shares, in issue

40,830,043

40,966,020

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share

2023 
pence  
per share

2022 
pence  
per share

5.29
5.18
7.90
7.74

4.21
4.14
7.24
7.11

84

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

14. Goodwill

Cost of goodwill
Balance at 1 April 2021 

Group 
£’000

Company 
£’000

Key assumptions used for the value-in-use calculations
Value-in-use	was	determined	by	discounting	future	cash	flows	generated	from	the	continuing	use	of	the	
titles and was based on the following most sensitive assumptions:

10,952

10,608

sensitising in light of the current environment;

•  cash	flows	for	2023/24	were	projected	based	on	the	forecast	for	2023/24,	using	the	budget	as	a	base	and	

Goodwill acquired on acquisition of subsidiary (see note 27)

Cost at 31 March 2022 and at 31 March 2023

750

–

11,702

10,608

Accumulated impairment charges

Balance at 1 April 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023

Carrying amount at 31 March 2022 and at 31 March 2023

Allocation of goodwill
Speed-Trap
Prickly Cactus
Balance at 1 April 2021

Balance at 31 March 2022 and at 31 March 2023

2,256

9,446

8,696
750
8,696

9,446

1,912

8,696

8,696
–
8,696

8,696

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated at acquisition to the cash-generating units (CGUs) 
that	are	expected	to	benefit	from	that	business	combination.

Goodwill is not amortised but tested annually for impairment with the recoverable amount being 
determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are 
those	regarding	the	discount	rate,	growth	rates,	pre-tax	cash	flow	and	forecasts	of	income	and	costs.

The	Group	assessed	whether	the	carrying	value	of	goodwill	was	supported	by	the	discounted	cash	flow	
forecasts	of	the	Group	based	on	financial	forecasts	approved	by	management	covering	a	one-year	period,	
taking into account both past performance and expectations for future market developments.

Management	estimates	the	discount	rate	using	a	pre-tax	rate	that	reflects	current	market	assessments	of	
the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	each	separate	business	unit	if	applicable.	The	impairment	
charge was £nil (2022: £nil). The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined from value-in-use calculations.

•  forecasts based on current customer contracts and gross margins being achieved;

•  cash	flows	for	year	ending	31	March	2024	were	projected	based	on	the	Group	forecast	for	that	year	based	
on the current economic environment in respect of the global pandemic. For years ending 31 March 2025 
onwards,	cash	flows	were	prepared	using	underlying	growth	rates	of	2%	based	on	a	conservative	view;

•  cash	flows	were	discounted	using	the	CGU’s	pre-tax	discount	rate	of	14.7%	(2022:	14.7%).

Based on the above sensitivity assumptions the calculations disclosed headroom against the carrying value 
of goodwill for the CGU. Management carried out several sensitivity scenarios on the data. These were 
based on best estimates under the current economic environment created by the global pandemic.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
The margins achieved are based on actual margins, whilst the forecast revenues are based on budget for 
the current year and an ongoing 2% growth rate.

The discount rate is considered to be the variable with the maximum impact. Varying this by 20% would 
still	allow	the	recoverable	amount	to	exceed	the	carrying	value.	Therefore	management	is	confident	in	the	
assumptions used.

Management has considered the growth rates used in light of macroeconomic conditions, and remains 
confident	that	they	are	reasonable.

Management	are	satisfied	that	a	reasonable	change	in	the	key	assumptions	used	in	assessing	the	
recoverable amounts of the cash generating unit would not give rise to the recoverable amount exceeding 
the carrying value.

85

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

15. Intangible assets

Group and Company

Cost
Balance at 1 April 2021
Additions

Balance at 1 April 2022
Additions
Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Accumulated amortisation
Balance at 1 April 2021
Amortisation

Balance at 1 April 2022
Amortisation
Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Carrying amount
Balance at 1 April 2021
Balance at 31 March 2022

Balance at 31 March 2023

Development  
costs 
£’000

Internally  
generated IPR 
£’000

Purchased 
£’000

Trade name 
£’000

Software 
£’000

383
242

625
247
–

872

33
59

92
87
–

179

350
533

693

56
–

56
–
(56)

–

56
–

56
–
(56)

–

–
–

–

1,858
–

1,858
–
–

1,858

1,393
233

1,626
232
–

1,858

465
232

–

142
–

142
–
–

142

85
14

99
14
–

113

57
43

29

–
–

–
97
–

97

–
–

–
13
–

13

–
–

84

Total 
£’000

2,439
242

2,681
344
(56)

2,969

1,567
306

1,873
346
(56)

2,163

872
808

806

The amortisation charge for the year is booked to administration expenses. Development costs are amortised over eight years.

The remaining amortisation period for the Purchased IPR is nil years (2022: 1 year) and for the Trade name is 2 years (2022: 3 years).

86

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

16. Property, plant and equipment

Allocation of depreciation charge

Cost of sales
Administration expenses

Charge for year

2023 
£’000

–
265

265

2022 
£’000

37
354

391

Tangible assets held at valuation
In respect of tangible assets held at valuation, the comparable carrying amount that would have been 
recognised if the assets had been carried under the historical cost model is as follows:

Land & building

2023 
£’000

–

2022 
£’000

1,753

Included in land & buildings in the prior year was freehold land at £1,230,000 which is not subject to 
depreciation.	The	land	and	buildings	original	purchase	cost	was	£2,224,000.	This	is	now	classified	as	an	
asset held for sale.

Group

Cost or valuation
Balance at 1 April 2021
Additions
Disposals

Balance at 1 April 2022

Additions
Fair value loss recognised in 
other comprehensive income
Reclassified	to	assets	held	
for sale
Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Depreciation
Balance at 1 April 2021
Depreciation charge
Revaluation
Eliminated on disposals

Balance at 1 April 2022

Depreciation charge
Eliminated on disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Carrying amount
Balance at 1 April 2021
Balance at 31 March 2022

Balance at 31 March 2023

Land &  
buildings 
£’000

Fixtures & 
equipment 
£’000

Motor  
vehicles 
£’000

Right-of-use  
assets 
£’000

3,300
–
–

3,300

–

(300)

(3,000)
–

–

–
70
(70)
–

–

–
–

–

3,300
3,300

–

1,940
197
(790)

1,347

61

–

–
(493)

915

1,370
229
–
(790)

809

184
(493)

500

570
538

415

65
–
(65)

–

–

–

–
–

–

54
6
–
(60)

–

–
–

–

11
–

–

334
–
–

334

112

–

–
(90)

356

74
86
–
–

160

81
(77)

164

260
174

192

Total 
£’000

5,639
197
(855)

4,981

173

(300)

(3,000)
(583)

1,271

1,498
391
(70)
(850)

969

265
(570)

664

4,141
4,012

607

87

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

16. Property, plant and equipment continued
For detail on the fair value measurement of the freehold land and buildings see note 31.

17. Investment in subsidiaries

Company

Cost or valuation
Balance at 1 April 2021
Additions
Disposals

Balance at 1 April 2022

Additions
Fair value loss recognised in 
other comprehensive income
Reclassified	to	non-current	
assets held for sale
Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Depreciation
Balance at 1 April 2021
Depreciation charge
Revaluation
Eliminated on disposals

Balance at 1 April 2022

Depreciation charge
Eliminated on disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Carrying amount
Balance at 1 April 2021

Balance at 31 March 2022

Balance at 31 March 2023

Land &  
buildings 
£’000

Fixtures & 
equipment 
£’000

Motor  
vehicles 
£’000

Right-of-use  
assets 
£’000

3,300
–
–

3,300

–

(300)

(3,000)
–

–

–
70
(70)
–

–

–
–

–

3,300

3,300

–

1,940
186
(790)

1,336

45

–

–
(493)

888

1,370
228
–
(790)

808

179
(492)

495

570

528

393

65
–
(65)

–

–

–

–
–

–

54
6
–
(60)

–

–
–

–

11

–

–

264
–
–

264

–

–

–
(21)

243

45
51
–
–

96

46
(8)

134

219

168

109

Total 
£’000

5,569
186
(855)

4,900

45

(300)

(3,000)
(514)

1,131

1,469
355
(70)
(850)

904

225
(500)

629

4,100

3,996

502

Cost of investment
Balance at 1 April 2022 and 1 April 2021
Additions in the year
Disposal in the year

Balance at 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021
Accumulated provision for impairment
Balance at 1 April 2022 and 1 April 2021

Carrying amount at year end

Company

2023 
£’000

1,023
–
(273)

750

–

750

2022 
£’000

273
750
–

1,023

–

1,023

The disposal in the year was wholly in respect of Chapter26 Ltd, which was dissolved on 13 December 2022 
(see below).

IS Solutions Limited  
(formerly Celebrus Limited)†
Celebrus Technologies Limited*†
D4t4 Solutions Inc§
D4t4 Solutions Pty Limited‡
Magiq Limited*†
Prickly Cactus Limited
Speed-Trap Holdings Limited†

Country of  
Incorporation

Nature of  
business

Proportion of ownership 
of  
ordinary shares

England & Wales
England & Wales
USA
Australia
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales

Dormant
Dormant
Software	&	services
Software	&	services
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

*		 Owned	by	Speed-Trap	Holdings	Limited
†		 Registered	address	–	Windmill	House,	91-93	Windmill	Road,	Sunbury-on-Thames,	TW16	7EF,	UK
§		 Registered	address	–	215	E	Chatham	Street,	Suite	215,	Cary,	North	Carolina	27511,	USA
‡		 Incorporated	12	January	2021.	Registered	address	–	Level	19,	207	Kent	Street,	Sydney,	NSW	2000,	Australia

All	UK	subsidiaries	individually	prepare	and	file	their	own	financial	statements.	The	principal	place	of	
business is considered to be the registered address.

88

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

17. Investment in subsidiaries continued
The following companies had been subsidiaries of D4t4 Solutions plc at 31 March 2022 and were dissolved 
on 13 December 2022:

Current

Country of  
Incorporation

Nature of  
business

Proportion of ownership 
of ordinary shares

Chapter26 Ltd
Internet Service Solutions Ltd
Internet Systems Solutions Ltd
Internet Site Solutions Ltd

England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales

Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

18. Trade and other receivables
Non-current

Prepayments
Accrued Income

Group 

Company

2023 
£’000

181
761

942

2022 
£’000

–
–

–

2023 
£’000

181
761

942

100%
100%
100%
100%

2022 
£’000

–
–

–

Trade receivables
Other debtors
Prepayments
Accrued income

Trade receivables
Ageing of receivables;
Less than 30 days
31 to 60 days
61 to 90 days
91 to 120 days

Group

Company

2023 
£’000

4,967
45
1,295
1,254

7,561

1,211
3,693
–
63

4,967

2022 
£’000

24,992
66
670
1,657

27,385

2,699
52
14
22,227

24,992

2023 
£’000

4,347
42
1,137
1,373

6,899

914
3,370
–
63

4,347

2022 
£’000

23,782
63
666
1,243

25,754

1,500
28
2
22,252

23,782

The	average	credit	period	taken	on	sales	of	goods	and	services	was	108	days	(2022:	111	days).

In accordance with IFRS 9, the Group performed a year-end impairment exercise to determine whether any 
write down in amounts receivable was required, using an expected credit loss model. The expected loss 
rate for receivables less than 120 days old is 0% and above 120 days has not been considered on the basis 
of immateriality.

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable the Group considers any change in the credit quality 
of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date.

Definition of default
The	loss	allowance	on	all	financial	assets	is	measured	by	considering	the	probability	of	default.

Receivables	are	considered	to	be	in	default	when	the	principal	or	any	interest	is	significantly	more	than	the	
associated credit terms past due, based on an assessment of past payment practices and the likelihood of 
such overdue amounts being recovered.

89

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Determination of credit-impaired financial assets
The	Group	considers	financial	assets	to	be	‘credit-impaired’	when	the	following	events,	or	combinations	of	
several events, have occurred before the year end:

20. Trade and other payables

•  significant	financial	difficulty	of	the	counterparty	arising	from	significant	downturns	in	operating	results	
and/or	significant	unavoidable	cash	requirements	when	the	counterparty	has	insufficient	finance	from	
internal working capital resources, external funding and/or Group support;

•  a breach of contract, including receipts being more than materially past due;

• 

it becoming probable that the counterparty will enter bankruptcy or liquidation.

Write-off policy
Receivables	are	written	off	by	the	Group	when	there	is	no	reasonable	expectation	of	recovery,	such	as	when	
the counterparty is known to be going bankrupt, or into liquidation or administration. During the year, no 
trade receivables were considered impaired (2022: none) and there was a charge of £nil (2022: £nil) to the 
Income Statement.

Additionally	the	recoverability	of	intercompany	debts	is	considered.	After	review,	the	Directors	believe	that	
no further expected credit loss provision is required. The policy of credit risk management is covered in 
note 31.

19. Assets classified as held for sale

Trade payables
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxes and social security
Other creditors
Contingent consideration
Accruals

Group

Company

2023 
£’000

585
–
382
76
–
1,176

2,219

2022 
£’000

840
–
396
1,239
500
4,169

7,144

2023 
£’000

427
546
358
76
–
911

2,318

2022 
£’000

403
3,163
356
1,236
–
1,565

6,723

There	is	no	material	difference	between	the	fair	value	of	payables	and	their	carrying	value.

Trade payables comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit 
period taken for trade purchases is 14 days (2022: 25 days). Their carrying value approximates to their 
fair value.

Contingent consideration relates to the acquisition of Prickly Cactus Limited as described in note 27.

Land and buildings

Group

Company

2023 
£’000

3,000

2022 
£’000

–

2023 
£’000

3,000

2022 
£’000

–

21. Deferred revenue 
Deferred revenue has been disaggregated from Trade and other payables on the face of the Group 
statement	of	financial	position.	The	balance	arises	from	invoices	raised	by	the	Group	and	sent	to	customers	
in advance of revenue being recognised for the related products and services. It has been disaggregated 
due	to	its	size	and	because	it	represents	revenues	related	to	obligations	yet	to	be	fulfilled	for	customers.

In light of the Group’s move towards a hybrid working model resulting in lower utilisation of the building, 
the Directors have decided that the freehold land and building in Sunbury-upon-Thames should be 
disposed	of	allowing	the	move	to	a	leased	office	facility	offering	greater	flexibility	whilst	also	freeing	up	
capital for reinvestment into growing the business. The property was previously held at a valuation of £3.3 
million but was written down to a fair value of £3.0 million following a professional third party valuation in 
October 2022, as described in note 31. The property was subsequently transferred to Assets held for sale.

90

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
D4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

22. Lease obligations

Lease obligations

Opening balance
Additions during the period
Early termination of lease
Interest expense
Repaid during the year

Closing balance

Repayable within one year
Repayable within more than one year

Group

Company

2023 
£’000

221

221

2022 
£’000

200

200

2023 
£’000

135

135

Group

Company

2023 
£’000

200
117
(14)
20
(102)

221

73
148

2022 
£’000

277
–
–
21
(98)

200

54
146

2023 
£’000

193
–
(14)
15
(59)

135

42
93

2022 
£’000

193

193

2022 
£’000

236
–
–
20
(63)

193

48
145

At 31 March 2023 there were no undrawn facilities (2022: nil).

23. Share capital

Share 
capital 
£’000

2023 
Share 
premium 
£’000

Shares

Share 
capital 
£’000

Shares

2022 
Share 
premium 
£’000

50,000,000

1,000

50,000,000

1,000

Ordinary shares of 2p each
Authorised

Issued and fully paid up
Balance at 1 April 2022
Issued during year

Balance at 31 March 2023

40,431,453

40,431,453
–

809
–

809

3,365
–

40,417,556
13,897

3,365

40,431,453

808
1

809

3,365
–

3,365

24. Own shares
At	the	year	end	the	Company	held	608,765	(2022:	224,932)	ordinary	shares	in	Treasury,	with	fair	value	of	
£1,260,000 (2022: £590,000). Details of purchases and sales are shown below.

Balance of own shares at 1 April 2021
Shares acquired into Treasury reserve
Shares sold out of Treasury reserve

Balance of own shares at 31 March 2022
Total consideration paid in year ended 31 March 2022

Shares acquired into Treasury reserve
Shares sold out of Treasury reserve

Balance of own shares at 31 March 2023
Total consideration paid in year ended 31 March 2023

Number of  
own shares

Share price at point  
of transaction in pence

191,498
120,934
(87,500)

224,932

618,602
(234,769)

608,765

260.00 – 340.00
295.00 – 340.00

221.00 – 277.73
221.00 – 257.50

£’000

377

377

1,488

1,488

In the Statements of Changes in Equity (page 70 and 73) the value of Treasury shares is calculated on a First-
In-First-Out (FIFO) basis, while the Fair Value represents the value based on the year-end share price.

25. Merger reserve
The merger reserve originally arose on the acquisition of Speed-Trap Holdings Ltd (23 January 2015) and 
represents the excess consideration paid by the issue of shares over the share capital nominal value. 
Additions to this reserve in the year of £250,000 (2022: £50,000) are a result of the issue of shares as part 
consideration for the acquisition of Prickly Cactus Limited.

26. Revaluation reserve
This represents the gains on revaluation of the property in line with market valuations. The property was 
last professionally revalued in October 2022. The loss on revaluation was £300,000 (2022: gain of £70,000). 
This	is	a	non-distributable	reserve	as	it	represents	unrealised	profits	on	the	revalued	assets.

The	Company	issued	nil	(2022:	13,897)	ordinary	shares	during	the	year.	

91

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

27. Acquisition of Prickly Cactus Limited
On	2	August	2021,	the	Group	acquired	Prickly	Cactus	Limited	(‘Prickly	Cactus’).	The	acquisition	was	part	of	
D4t4’s investment in specialist resources to capitalise on the market opportunity for its Celebrus product 
range. Within D4t4, the Prickly Cactus team has been focused on driving customer success with existing 
customers in the key markets of Financial Services, Telecoms and Insurance 

The	total	consideration	comprised	an	initial	consideration	of	£0.25	million	which	was	satisfied	by	£0.2	
million	in	cash	and	by	the	allotment	of	13,897	new	ordinary	shares	of	2p	each	in	D4t4.	This	was	paid	in	the	
prior	financial	year.

The consideration included an earn-out of up to £0.5 million over the period to 31 December 2023 tied to 
both existing customer growth and the acquisition of new customers for the CDP and FDP. The earn-out was 
achieved early resulting in a cash payment of £250,000 and the issue of 111,905 shares.

28. Share-based payments
The Company has share option schemes for various employees of the Group, a combination of both EMI 
and non-EMI schemes. Share options are granted at the closing price on the day prior to grant, and typically 
vest over three years, based on previously set targets such as Total Shareholder Return, growth in Annual 
Recurring Revenue, EPS growth, and results being in line with market expectations. In relation to the share 
options shown below the Board forecast that the remaining share options will vest.

If the options are not exercised within the allotted time, or if employees leave before their options vest, 
then those options are forfeited.

The weighted average share price at the exercise date of the exercised options was £2.247 (2022: £3.364). 
The	weighted	average	contractual	life	of	the	outstanding	options	was	7	years	(2022:	8	years),	exercisable	in	
the range 2.00p to 114.00p.

89,304	share	options	were	exercised	in	the	year,	by	way	of	issue	of	shares	from	Treasury.

A summary of the option price ranges is as follows:

Balance at 31 March 2023

2023

Exercisable price range

Number of share options

2.00p
90.50p – 114.00p

756,200
140,000

896,200

The	Group	recognised	£840,000	(2022:	£677,000)	of	expense	related	to	equity-settled	share-based	payments	
in	the	year.	This	comprised	£856,000	(2022:	£619,000)	as	share-based	payments	and	£(16,000)	(2022:	
£58,000)	as	Employers	NI.

The fair value of options granted during the year is determined by applying the Monte Carlo model, or the 
Binomial method depending on the performance criteria applicable to the particular option grant. The 
expense is apportioned over the vesting period of the option and is based on the number which is expected 
to vest and the fair value of those options at the date of grant.

Vested options are settled subsequently by a combination of equity shares in the parent company and cash 
at Board discretion.

The inputs into the models in respect of options granted this year are as follows:

Balance at 1 April
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Balance at 31 March

Exercisable at year end

2023 
Weighted 
average  
exercise price

23.52p
2.00p
–
17.05p

19.31p

74.66p

Number of  
share options

862,219
309,858
(186,573)
(89,304)

896,200

213,531

Number of  
share options

1,026,342
191,113
(267,736)
(87,500)

862,219

152,000

2022 
Weighted 
average  
exercise price

57.65p
2.00p
–
124.12p

23.52p

112.92p

Date of grant

Model type

Vesting date

Number of options granted
Share price at date of grant
Exercise price
Option life in years
Risk-free rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Fair value of options

26-Aug-22

26-Aug-22

26-Aug-22

Binomial

Monte Carlo

Binomial

26-Aug-25

26-Aug-24

26-Aug-25

176,167 
245.50p 
2.00p
10
2.67%
40.00%
1.19%
196.2p

58,691	
245.50p 
2.00p
10
2.76%
40.00%
0.00%
243.60p

76,000 
245.50p 
2.00p
10
2.67%
40.00%
1.19%
196.20p 

92

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

28. Share-based payments continued
The inputs into the models of options previously granted which have contributed to the share-based payment arising this year are:

Date of grant

Model type

Vesting date

Number of options granted
Share price at date of grant
Exercise price
Option life in years
Risk-free rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Fair value of options

14-Jan-20

Black Scholes

14-Jan-23

8,333	
205.00p
205.00p
10
3.25%
38.50%
1.17%
56.36p

10-Aug-20

Monte Carlo

09-Aug-23

362,976 
302.5p
2.00p 
10
0.01%
47.50%
0.00%
392.00p 

08-Jan-21

Monte Carlo

15-Jul-22

59,400 
302.5p
2.00p 
10
0.01%
46.50%
1.00%
150.00p 

08-Jan-21

Monte Carlo

15-Jul-23

59,400 
302.5p
2.00p 
10
0.01%
43.90%
1.00%
151.00p 

08-Jan-21

Monte Carlo

15-Jul-24

59,400 
302.5p
2.00p 
10
0.01%
47.30%
1.00%
152.00p 

25-Jan-21

Black Scholes

10-Aug-23

54,000 
302.5p
2.00p 
10
0.01%
44.60%
0.00%
283.00p	

28-Oct-21

Monte Carlo

28-Oct-24

118,159	
383.50p	
2.00p
10
0.61%
44.40%
0.00%
650.00p 

28-Oct-21

Black Scholes

28-Oct-24

72,954 
383.50p	
2.00p
10
0.61%
44.40%
0.00%
382.00p	

Expected	volatility	was	determined	by	calculating	the	historical	volatility	of	the	Group’s	share	price	for	the	five-year	period	prior	to	the	date	of	grant	of	the	share	option.	The	expected	life	used	in	the	model	is	based	on	
management’s best estimate. The Group did not enter into any share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees during the current or previous period.

29. Operating lease arrangements (Group and Company)
As lessor

Lease receipts recognised as an income during the year

Lease	receipts	are	for	fixed-term	sublets	of	parts	of	the	parent	company’s	premises	bearing	no	contractual	right	of	renewal	or	extension.

2023 
£’000

15

2022 
£’000

58

93

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

30. Related party transactions
During the year the Company undertook the following transactions with D4t4 Solutions Inc., a wholly 
owned US subsidiary:

Sales to D4t4 Solutions Inc.

Purchases from D4t4 Solutions Inc.

Management charge to cover services provided  
(from D4t4 Solutions plc to D4t4 Solutions Inc.) 

Management charge to cover services provided  
(from D4t4 Solutions Inc. to D4t4 Solutions plc) 

Interest charged on Intercompany loan  
(from D4t4 Solutions plc to D4t4 Solutions Inc.)

Payments made by D4t4 Solutions plc on behalf of D4t4 Solutions Inc.

2023 
£’000

69

1,959

2022 
£’000

116

6,129

84

47

2,437

1,936

(29)

6,884

42

5,545

During the year the Company undertook the following transactions with D4t4 Solutions Pty Ltd, a wholly 
owned Australian subsidiary:

Management charge to cover services provided  
(from D4t4 Solutions Pty Ltd. to D4t4 Solutions plc)

Interest charged on Intercompany loan  
(from D4t4 Solutions plc to D4t4 Solutions Pty Ltd.)

Payments made by D4t4 Solutions plc on behalf of D4t4 Solutions Pty Ltd.

2023 
£’000

–

(11)

51

2022 
£’000

164

2

152

Details	of	any	intercompany	balances	outstanding	are	shown	in	notes	18	and	20.

Other than the payment of remuneration, there have been no related party transactions with the Directors.

31. Financial instruments and risk management
General objectives, policies and processes
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives 
and policies and, whilst retaining responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing 
and	operating	processes	that	ensure	the	effective	implementation	of	the	objectives	and	policies	to	the	
executive team.

The	Board	receives	monthly	reports	from	the	executives	through	which	it	reviews	the	effectiveness	of	the	
processes put in place and the appropriateness of the objectives and policies it sets.

Capital management policy
Management considers capital to comprise issued share capital, reserves and borrowings, along with cash 
and cash equivalents.

The Group manages its capital to ensure its operations are adequately provided for, while maximising the 
return	to	shareholders	through	effective	management	of	its	resources.	The	principal	financial	risks	faced	by	
the Group are liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign exchange rate risk. The Directors review and agree 
policies for managing each of these risks. These policies remain unchanged from previous years.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern 
and to provide returns for shareholders. The Group meets its objectives by aiming to achieve growth which 
will generate regular and increasing returns to shareholders.

The Group manages the capital structure and makes changes in light of changes in economic conditions. 
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid 
to shareholders.

94

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

31. Financial instruments and risk management continued

Carrying	amounts	of	the	Group’s	financial	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	were	
as follows:

Capital risk management
The	Group	and	Company’s	capital	structure,	as	defined	above,	is	managed	by	the	Board	to	ensure	that	
the	Group	and	Company	continues	as	a	profitable	going	concern.	There	are	no	externally	imposed	
capital requirements.

Categories of financial instruments

Liabilities

Assets

2023 
£’000

–
–
186

–
–
–

–
–
–

2022 
£’000

–
–
437

–
–
29

–
–
2

2023 
£’000

4,392
4,160
–

24
–
–

–
1
–

2022 
£’000

1,115
24,224
–

86
36
–

–
–
–

The Group has no net debt (2022: nil).

Cash and cash equivalents

Net cash

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets at amortised cost
Cash and bank balances
Trade and other receivables

Group

Company

2023 
£’000

17,155

17,155

2022 
£’000

11,430

11,430

2023 
£’000

17,100

17,100

2022 
£’000

11,387

11,387

Group

2023 
£’000

Company

2022 
£’000

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

US Dollars
–	cash
–	receivables
–	payables

Euros
–	cash
–	receivables
–	payables

Australian Dollars
–	cash
–	receivables
–	payables

17,155

11,430

17,100

11,387

The value of foreign currency hedge instruments outstanding at the year end was US$1.0 million (2022: 
US$21.5 million).

Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade and other payables

7,027
1,837

26,715
6,663

6,523
1,960

25,088
6,283

The	following	table	shows	the	effect	on	the	Group’s	result	for	the	year	of	£	strengthening	by	5%	against	
debtor, creditor and cash balances denominated in foreign currencies, with all other variables held 
constant. 5% represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in exchange rates.

Foreign currency risk management
The Group’s foreign currency exposure arises from:

•  transactions (sales/purchases) denominated in foreign currencies; and

•  monetary items (mainly cash and receivables) denominated in foreign currencies.

The exposure to transactional foreign exchange risk is monitored and managed at a Group level. Natural 
hedging	is	employed,	to	the	extent	possible,	to	minimise	net	exposures;	however,	where	significant	
exposures arise it is Group policy to enter into formal hedging arrangements.

As at 31 March 2023
Impact	on	profit/equity	for	the	year

As at 31 March 2022
Impact	on	profit/equity	for	the	year

USD $ 
£’000

(398)

(1,226)

EUR € 
£’000

AUD $ 
£’000

(1)

(4)

–

–

Total 
£’000

(399)

(1,230)

95

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

31. Financial instruments and risk management continued

The	following	table	shows	the	effect	on	the	Group’s	result	for	the	year,	of	£	weakening	by	5%	against	debtor,	
creditor and cash balances denominated in foreign currencies, with all other variables held constant. 5% 
represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in exchange rates.

As at 31 March 2023
Impact	on	profit/equity	for	the	year

As at 31 March 2022
Impact	on	profit/equity	for	the	year

USD $ 
£’000

440

1,266

EUR € 
£’000

AUD $ 
£’000

1

5

–

–

Total 
£’000

441

1,271

Credit risk management
The Group uses credit reference agencies to determine and monitor the credit limits of new and existing 
customers. At the end of the year one partner owed a total of £3.364m (2022: two partners owed £22.3m) 
and no expected credit loss provision has been made in relation to this balance (2022: nil). No other 
customers or partners owed more than 10% of the outstanding total. No expected credit loss provision has 
been recognised for trade receivables at 31 March 2023 (2022: nil).

The Group’s customers primarily consist of banks, partners and other longstanding customers, mostly blue-
chip companies that are deemed to have a low credit risk. As a result, the credit quality of trade receivables 
that are neither past due nor impaired has been assessed by the Directors to be relatively high, taking 
account	of	a	low	historic	experience	of	bad	debts	and	relatively	good	ageing	profiles.

The Group controls its exposure to credit risk by setting limits on its exposure to individual customers, 
compliance is monitored by the Credit Control Team. As part of the process of setting customer credit 
limits,	different	external	credit	reference	agencies	are	used,	according	to	the	country	of	the	customer.	The	
Group has a policy of dealing only with creditworthy counterparts.

The Group manages the credit risk and quality of cash balances by holding balances with reputable banks.

Liquidity risk management
The Board manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves of cash and banking facilities to cover 
day-to-day trading. The Group’s policy is to pay creditors in full as and when they become due, which for all 
practical purposes is at latest by the end of the month following the invoice date. The Board believes that 
there is little liquidity risk since the Group has adequate cash balances to satisfy its creditors.

Maturity	analysis	of	financial	liabilities:

In less than one year:
Trade payables
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other creditors
Accruals

Group

2023 
£’000

585
–
76
1,176

1,837

2022 
£’000

840
–
1,239
4,584

6,663

Company

2023 
£’000

427
546
76
911

1,960

2022 
£’000

403
3,163
1,236
1,481

6,283

All	of	the	financial	liabilities	above	are	recorded	in	the	financial	statements	at	amortised	cost.	The	above	
maturity	analysis	amounts	reflect	the	contractual	undiscounted	cash	flows,	including	future	interest	
charges,	which	may	differ	from	the	carrying	values	of	the	liabilities	at	the	reporting	date.

Interest rate risk management
The Group’s exposure to changes in interest rate risk is immaterial as there were no borrowings during 
the year.

The Board of Directors monitors movements in interest rates and has not prepared sensitivity analysis in 
relation to interest rates as it does not believe that any reasonable variance would have a material impact 
on	the	Group	and	there	are	no	such	financial	liabilities	at	the	year	end.

96

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 March 2023

31. Financial Instruments and risk management continued

Fair value measurement
Financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value are grouped into 
Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 

identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived 
from prices); and

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the 

asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The freehold land & buildings are observable at Level 2.

The Group’s freehold land and buildings are stated at their revalued amounts, being the fair value at the 
date of the revaluation of 12 October 2022. The fair value measurements of the Group’s freehold land and 
buildings were performed by De Souza & Co., independent valuers not related to the Group. DeSouza & Co. 
are	members	of	the	Royal	Institution	of	Chartered	Surveyors,	and	they	have	appropriate	qualifications	and	
recent experience in the fair value measurement of properties in the relevant location. The valuation was 
prepared in accordance with the RICS Valuation – Global Standards 2017 and the International Valuation 
Standards and was based on recent market transactions at arm’s length terms for similar properties in a 
similar area.

Following the revaluation and in light of the Group’s move towards a hybrid working model resulting in 
lower utilisation of the building, the Directors have decided that the freehold land and building in Sunbury-
Upon-Thames	should	be	disposed	of	allowing	the	move	to	a	leased	office	facility	offering	greater	flexibility	
whilst also freeing up capital for reinvestment into growing the business. The net proceeds from a sale are 
expected to exceed the carrying value and so no impairment charge has been recognised in the accounts. 

97

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionD4t4 Solutions plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

OFFICES

UK HQ and Registered office
D4t4 Solutions ple

Windmill House

91-93 Windmill Road

Sunbury-on-Thames, TW16 7EF

US office
D4t4 Solutions Inc.

215 E Chatham Street

Suite 115

Cary

North Carolina 27511, USA

India office
D4t4 Solutions plc

First Floor, RR Tower IV

T.V.K Industrial Estate

Guindy, Chennai - 600 032

Tamil Nadu, India

COMPANY REGISTERED NUMBER
01892751

REGISTRAR
SC Registrars Limited

Highdown House

Yeoman Way

Worthing

West Sussex, BN99 3HH

NOMINATED ADVISOR
AND JOINT BROKER
finnCap

1 Bartholomew Close

London, EC1A 7BL

JOINT BROKER
Canaccord Genuity Limited

88	Wood	Street

London, EC2V 7QR

BANK
HSBC Bank plc

54 Clarence Street

Kingston Upon Thames

Surrey, KT1 1NS

SOLICITOR
Shakespeare Martineau LLP

1 Colmore Square

Birmingham, B4 6AA

AUDITOR
Haysmacintyre LLP

10 Queen Street Place

London, EC4R 1AG

98

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionContents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionContents Generation – Section

D

4

t

4

S

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3